Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

the relation of master

  • 1 ἄναξ

    ἄναξ [ᾰ], ἄνακτος (cf. Ἄνακες), ὁ, rarely fem. ὦ ἄνα for ἄνασσα, Pi.P.12.4, cf. A.Fr. 342: (
    A

    ϝάναξ IG4.236

     ([place name] Corinth), etc., cf.

    ϝάνακες 4.564

     ([place name] Argos)):—lord, master,
    1 of the gods, esp. Apollo,

    ἄγουσι δὲ δῶρα Ἄνακτι Il.1.390

    , al.;

    ὁ Πύθιος ἄναξ A.Ag. 509

    ; ἄναξ Ἄπολλον ib. 513, Eu.85, etc.;

    ὦναξ Ἄπ. S.OT80

    ; ὦναξ without Ἄπολλον, Hdt.1.159, 4.150, al.; of Zeus, Hom. only in voc.,

    Ζεῦ ἄνα Il.3.351

    , 16.233;

    Ζεὺς ἄναξ A.Pers. 762

    ;

    ἄναξ ἀνάκτων.. Ζεῦ Id.Supp. 524

    ;

    μὰ τὸν Δία τὸν Ἄνακτα D.35.40

    ; Poseidon, A.Th. 130; ὦ δέσποτ' ἄναξ, of Ἀήρ, Ar.Nu. 264; of Apollo Ἀγυιεύς, Id.V. 875; ὦναξ δέσποτα, of Πλοῦτος, Id.Pl. 748; esp. of the Dioscuri, cf. Ἄνακες, Ἄνακοι; of all the gods,

    πάντων ἀνάκτων.. κοινοβωμίαν A.Supp. 222

    , cf. Pi.O. 10(11).49.—The irreg. voc. ἄνα (q. v.) is never addressed save to gods; ὦναξ is freq. in Trag. and Com.
    II of the Homeric heroes, esp. of Agamemnon, as general-in-chief

    ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀ. Il.1.442

    , al. (so Euphetes 15.532, while Ortilochos is called

    πολέεσσ' ἄνδρεσσιν ἄνακτα 5.546

    ):—also as a title of rank, e.g. of Teiresias, Od.11.144, 151, S.OT 284; of the sons or brothers of kings (

    υἱεῖς τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καλοῦνται ἄνακτες Arist.Fr. 526

    , cf. Isoc.9.72, Clearch. 25, and so of Creon, S.OT85, cf. 911), and esp. of kings, as Xerxes, A.Pers.5, Darius, ib. 787, cf. Ag.42, E.Ph.17, Or. 349, etc.; βασιλῆι ἄνακτι lord king, Od.20.194; of the emperors,

    θεοὶ ἄνακτες IG14.2012A2

    , 4.1475 (Epid.).
    III master of the house,

    οἴκοιο ἄναξ Od.1.397

    ;

    ἀμφὶ ἄνακτα κύνες 10.216

    ; as denoting the relation of master to slave, freq. in Od.;

    ἄναξ, θεοὺς γὰρ δεσπότας καλεῖν χρεών E.Hipp.88

    ; of the Cyclops, as owner of flocks, Od.9.440.
    IV metaph., κώπης, ναῶν ἄνακτες lords of the oar, of ships, A.Pers. 378, 383; πύλης ἄ. θυρωρέ, of a porter, S.Fr. 775; ἄ. ὅπλων E IA1260;

    ψευδῶν Id.Andr.447

    ;

    ὑπήνης Pl.Com.122

    ; κέντρων, of planets holding cardinal points, Man.1.66.—Poet. word.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄναξ

  • 2 δεσποτεία

    A the power of a master over slaves, or the relation of master to slaves, Pl.Prm. 133e, Arist.Pol. 1253b18, 1278b32; of husband over wife, Ph.1.40, cf. 151.
    2 absoluterule, despotism, Pl.Lg. 698a, Luc.Luct.6;

    δ. βαρβαρική Isoc.5.154

    .
    II ownership, BGU 1187.32 (i B. C.), POxy.67.10 (iv A. D.), Just.Nov.2.2Pr.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > δεσποτεία

  • 3 ἔχω

    ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11.
    ① to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+)
    ⓐ to possess someth. that is under one’s control
    α. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22.
    β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29.
    ⓑ to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its parts
    α. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6.
    β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2.
    ⓒ to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὸ̔ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7.
    ⓓ to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9.
    ⓔ to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod S 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D.
    ② to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have as
    ⓐ of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαί̈δα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod S 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν).
    ⓑ more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry.
    ③ to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), grip
    ⓐ of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3.
    ⓑ of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20.
    ⓒ of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod S 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18.
    ⓓ of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8.
    ④ to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8).
    ⑤ be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὸ̔ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8.
    ⑥ to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 Fgm. 21 Jac. ὸ̔ν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.
    ⑦ to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60)
    ⓐ of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX)
    α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15.
    β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod S 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον ς. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary Jd 3 (HKoskenniemi, Studien zur Idee und Phraseologie des Griechischen Briefes bis 400 n. Chr. ’56, 78–87).
    γ. of advantages, benefits, or comforts that one enjoys: ἔ. τὰ αἰτήματα to have been granted the requests 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα.
    δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.).
    ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ GJs 19:3. ἀπαγγεῖλαι Ac 23:17, 19; cp. vs. 18. πολλὰ γράφειν 2J 12; 3J 13.
    ⓑ of temporal circumstances w. indications of time and age: πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις you are not yet fifty years old J 8:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 198). τριάκοντα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ αὐτοῦ who had been sick for 38 years 5:5 (Cyranides p. 63, 25 πολὺν χρόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. W. cardinal numeral TestJob 26:1 δέκα ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἔχω ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς; POxy 1862, 17 τέσσαρες μῆνας ἔχει. Mirac. S. Georgii 44, 7 [JAufhauser 1913] ἔσχεν … ἔτη ἑπτά); cp. Mt 9:20 v.l. τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἔ. ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ have lain in the grave for four days J 11:17 (Jos., Ant. 7, 1 αὐτοῦ δύο ἡμέρας ἔχοντος ἐν τῇ Σεκέλλᾳ). πολὺν χρόνον ἔ. be (somewhere or in a certain condition) for a long time 5:6. ἡλικίαν ἔχειν be of age (Pla., Euthyd. 32, 306d; Plut., Mor. 547a; BGU 168 τοῖς ἀτελέσι ἔχουσι τὴν ἡλικίαν) 9:21, 23. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (Lucian, Charon 17; UPZ 81 III, 20 [II A.D.] τέλος ἔχει πάντα; Ar. 4:2 ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος) Mk 3:26; Lk 22:37 (on the latter pass. s. τέλος 2); cp. Hb 7:3.
    ⑧ as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2.
    ⑨ special combinations
    ⓐ w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; Hs 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13.
    ⓑ τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4).
    ⑩ to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).
    ⓐ impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11).
    ⓑ pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52.
    ⑪ to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc.
    ⓐ of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9.
    ⓑ of proximity
    α. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod S 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38.
    β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔχω

  • 4 निर् _nir

    निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also.
    -Comp. -अंश a.
    1 whole, entire.
    -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property.
    -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः
    1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā.
    -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal.
    -3 the equatorial region.
    -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate.
    -अग्नि a. having lost or neg- lected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1.
    -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remain- der.
    -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, indepen- dence.
    -अघ a. sinless, blameless.
    -अङ्ग a.
    1 having no parts.
    -2 deprived of expedients or resources.
    -अजिन a. skinless.
    -अञ्जन a.
    1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52.
    -2 unstained, untinged.
    -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3.
    -4 simple, artless.
    (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the Supreme Being.
    (-ना) 1 the day of full moon.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, un- rivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (
    -यः) the Supreme Being.
    -अत्यय a.
    1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53.
    -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61.
    -3 com- pletely successful.
    -अधिष्ठान a.
    1 supportless.
    -2 in- dependent.
    -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way.
    -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (
    -शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness.
    -अनुग a. having no followers.
    -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7.
    -अनुनासिक a. not nasal.
    -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences.
    -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless.
    -अनुरोध a.
    1 unfavourable, unfriendly.
    -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1.
    -अन्तर a.
    -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25.
    -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66.
    -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76.
    -4 coarse, gross.
    -5 faithful, true (as a friend).
    -6 not hidden from view.
    -7 not different, similar, identical.
    -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341.
    -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (
    -रम्) ind.
    1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly.
    -2 without intervening space or interval.
    -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11.
    -4 immedia- tely. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or pra- ctice.
    -अन्तराल a.
    1 without an intervening space, close.
    -2 narrow.
    -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry.
    -अन्वय a.
    1 having no progeny, childless.
    -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198.
    -3 not agreeing with the con- text (as a word in a sentence).
    -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical.
    -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332.
    -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय.
    -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7.
    -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।).
    -अपत्रप a.
    1 shameless, impudent.
    -2 bold.
    -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blame- less. (
    -धः) innocence.
    -अपवर्त a.
    1 not turning back.
    -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms.
    -अपवाद a.
    1 blameless.
    -2 not admitting of any exception.
    -अपाय a.
    1 free from harm or evil.
    -2 free from decay, imperishable.
    -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2.
    -अपेक्ष a.
    1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39.
    -2 disregarding, taking no notice of.
    -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82.
    -4 careless, negligent, indifferent
    -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41.
    -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5.
    -7 without purpose. (
    -क्षा) indifference, disregard.
    -अपेक्षित a.
    1 disregarded.
    -2 regardless.
    -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent.
    -अभिभव a.
    1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace.
    -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled.
    -अभिमान a.
    1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism.
    -2 void of self-respect.
    -3 unconscious.
    -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7.
    -अभिसंधानम् absence of design.
    -अभ्र a. cloudless.
    -अमर्ष a.
    1 void of anger, patient.
    -2 apa- thetic.
    -अम्बर a. naked.
    -अम्बु a.
    1 abstaining from water.
    -2 waterless, destitute of water.
    -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (
    -लम्) ind. freely.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194.
    -2 meaningless, un- meaning (as a word or sentence).
    -3 non-sensical.
    -4 vain, useless, purposeless.
    (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment.
    -2 nonsense.
    -अर्थक a.
    1 useless, vain, unprofitable.
    -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D.
    -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (
    -कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6.
    -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity.
    -अवकाश a.
    1 without free space.
    -2 without leisure.
    -अवग्रह a.
    1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, un- checked, uncontrolled, irresistible.
    -2 free, indepen- dent.
    -3 self-willed, head-strong. (
    -हम्) ind.
    1 un- interruptedly.
    -2 intensely, strongly.
    -अवद्य a.
    1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1.
    -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions).
    -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6.
    -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3.
    1 without parts.
    -2 indivisible.
    -3 without limbs.
    -अवलम्ब a.
    1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6.
    -2 not affording support.
    -3 not depending or relying on.
    -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally).
    -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt.
    -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable.
    - अशन a. abstaining from food. (
    -नम्) fasting.
    -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11.
    -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (
    -ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old.
    -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed.
    -अस्थि a. boneless.
    -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13.
    -अहंकृत a.
    1 having no egotism or self-consciousness.
    -2 without individuality.
    -3 unselfish.
    -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4.
    -आकाङ्क्ष a.
    1 wishing nothing, free from desire.
    -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence).
    -आकार a.
    1 devoid of form, formless, without form.
    -2 ugly, deformed.
    -3 disguised.
    -4 unassuming, modest.
    (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impres- sed on the mind; Sarva. S.
    -आकृति a.
    1 formless, shapeless.
    -2 deformed.
    (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas.
    -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48.
    -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154.
    -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied,
    -आकुल a.
    1 unconfused, unperplexed, un- bewildered; Ki.11.38.
    -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28.
    -3 clear.
    -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1.
    (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity.
    -2 perspicuity, clearness.
    -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (
    -दः) a place where no sound can be heard.
    -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled.
    - आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas.
    -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48.
    -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian.
    -आडम्बर a.
    1 without drums.
    -2 without show, unostentatious.
    -आतङ्क a.
    1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6).
    -2 without ailment, comfort- able, healthy.
    -3 not causing pain.
    -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (
    -कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    - आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (
    -पा) the night.
    - आदर a. disrespectful.
    -आदान a.
    1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3.
    -2 an epithet of Buddha.
    -आधार a.
    1 without a receptacle.
    -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39.
    -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety.
    -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful.
    -आन्त्र a.
    1 disembowelled.
    -2 having the entrails hanging out.
    -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity.
    -आबाध a.
    1 unvexed, unmolested, undis- turbed, free from disturbance.
    -2 unobstructed.
    -3 not molesting or disturbing.
    -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā.
    1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale.
    -2 untainted, pure.
    -3 guileless.
    -4 free from defects or blemishes.
    -5 full, complete.
    -6 infallible.
    -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (
    -यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8.
    (-यः) 1 a wild goat.
    -2 a hog or boar.
    -आमिष a.
    1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh.
    -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49.
    -3 receiving no wages or remuneration.
    -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless.
    -यः an idler living from hand to mouth.
    1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8.
    -2 contracted, compact.
    -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17.
    -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14.
    -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy.
    -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless.
    -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11.
    -आलम्ब a.
    1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53.
    -2 not depending on another, independent.
    -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (
    -म्बा) spikenard. (
    -म्बम्) Brahman.
    -आलोक a.
    1 not looking about or seeing.
    -2 deprived of sight.
    -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35.
    -5 invisible. (
    -कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident.
    -आश a.
    1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2.
    -2 depriving (one) of all hope.
    -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13.
    -आशङ्क a. fearless.
    -आशा hopeless- ness, despair.
    -आशिस् a.
    1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13.
    -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76.
    -आश्रय a.
    1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41.
    -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता.
    -3 not deep (as a wound).
    -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, un- savoury.
    -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (
    -रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31.
    -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6.
    -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent.
    -इन्द्रिय a.
    1 having lost a limb or the use of it.
    -2 mutilated, maimed.
    -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3.
    -4 barren.
    -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18.
    -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.).
    -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel.
    -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति.
    -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine.
    -ईषम् the body of a plough.
    -ईह a.
    1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16.
    -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24.
    (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity.
    -2 indifference.
    -उच्छ्वास a.
    1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6.
    -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32.
    -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (
    -सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 answerless, without a reply.
    -2 un- able to answer, silenced.
    -3 having no superior.
    -उत्थ a. irrecoverable.
    -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.)
    -उत्सव a. without festivi- ties; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66.
    -उत्साह a.
    1 inactive, indolent.
    -2 devoid of energy.
    (-हः) 1 absence of energy.
    -2 indolence.
    -उत्सुक a.
    1 indifferent.
    -2 calm, tranquil.
    - उदक a. waterless.
    1 having no belly or trunk.
    -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31.
    -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle.
    उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm.
    -उपक्रम a.
    1 without a commencement.
    -2 incurable.
    -उपद्रव a.
    1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adver- sity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks.
    -2 free from national distress or tyranny.
    -3 causing no affliction.
    -4 auspicious (as a star).
    -5 secure, peaceful.
    -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.).
    -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable.
    1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19.
    -2 unconnected with a subordinate word.
    -उपप्लव a.
    1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3.
    -2 not causing any affliction or misery.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4.
    - उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable.
    -उपसर्ग free from portents.
    -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14.
    1 not injured, unhurt.
    -2 auspicious, lucky.
    -उपाख्य a.
    1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र).
    -2 immaterial.
    -3 invisible. (
    -ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman.
    -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute.
    -उपाय a.
    1 without expedients, helpless.
    -2 unsuc- cessful.
    -उपेक्ष a.
    1 free from trick or fraud.
    -2 not neglectful.
    -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold.
    -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree.
    -गर्व a. free from pride.
    -गवाक्ष a. windowless.
    -गुण a.
    1 stringless (as a bow).
    -2 devoid of all properties.
    -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115.
    -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P.
    -5 having no epithet. (
    -णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities.
    -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39.
    -गौरव a.
    1 without dignity, undignified.
    -2 devoid of respect.
    -ग्रन्थ a.
    1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1.
    -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly.
    -3 alone, unassisted.
    (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool.
    -2 a gambler.
    -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit.
    -4 A Buddha Muni.
    -ग्रन्थक a.
    1 clever, expert.
    -2 unaccompanied, alone.
    -3 deserted, abandoned.
    -4 fruitless. (
    -कः 1 a religious mendicant.
    -2 a naked devotee.
    -3 a gam- bler.
    -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (
    -कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class.
    -घटम् 1 a free market.
    -2 a crowded market.
    -घण्टः See निघण्टः.
    -घृण a.
    1 cruel, merciless, pitiless.
    -2 shame- less, immodest.
    -घृणा cruelty.
    -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm.
    -जन a.
    1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate.
    -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (
    -नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place.
    -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga.
    -जर a.
    1 young, fresh.
    -2 imperishable, immortal. (
    -रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (
    -रम्) ambrosia, nectar.
    -जरायु a. Ved. skinless.
    -जल a.
    1 waterless, desert, destitute of water.
    -2 not mixed with water. (
    -लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha.
    -जाड्य free from coldness.
    -जिह्वः a frog.
    -जीव a.
    1 lifeless.
    -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्.
    -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone.
    -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy.
    -दण्डः a Śūdra.
    -दय a.
    1 merci- less, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind.
    -2 passion- ate.
    -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18.
    -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239.
    -दयम् ind.
    1 unmercifully, cruelly.
    -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84.
    -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11.
    - दशन a. toothless.
    -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous.
    -दुःख a.
    1 free from pain, painless.
    -2 not causing pain.
    -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable.
    -दोष a.
    1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम्
    -2 guiltless, innocent.
    -द्रव्य a.
    1 immaterial.
    -2 without property, poor.
    -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious.
    -द्वन्द्व a.
    1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45.
    -2 not dependent upon another, independent.
    -3 free from jealousy or envy.
    -4 not double.
    -5 not contested, un- disputed.
    -6 not acknowledging two principles.
    -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (
    -नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence.
    -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy.
    -धूम a. smokeless.
    -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43.
    -नमस्कार a.
    1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one.
    -2 disrespected, despised.
    -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted.
    -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2.
    -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता
    1 want of protection.
    -2 widowhood.
    -3 orphanage.
    -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7.
    -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic.
    -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing.
    -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful.
    -निमित्त a.
    1 causeless.
    -2 disinterested.
    -निमेष a. not twinkling.
    -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless.
    -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble.
    -बाध a.
    1 unobstructed.
    -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary.
    -3 unmolested.
    (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow.
    -2 a knob.
    -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (
    -जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा).
    -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish.
    -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff.
    -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine).
    -भय a.
    1 fearless, undaunted.
    -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255.
    -भर a.
    1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47.
    -2 ardent.
    -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1.
    -4 sound, deep (as sleep).
    -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (
    -रः) a servant receiving no wages. (
    -रम्) excess. (
    -रम् ind.)
    1 ex- cessively, exceedingly, intensely.
    -2 soundly.
    -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky.
    -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27.
    -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless.
    -भोगः a. not fond of plea- sures.
    -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (
    -कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6.
    -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre.
    -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū.
    -मत्स्य a. fishless.
    -मद a.
    1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet.
    -2 not proud, humble.
    -3 sad, sorry.
    -4 not in rut (as an elephant).
    -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men.
    -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent.
    -मन्त्र a.
    1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts.
    -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43.
    -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4.
    -मम a.
    1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3.
    -2 unselfish, disinterested.
    -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -मर्याद a.
    1 boundless, immeasurable.
    -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22.
    -3 confused.
    -4 insolent, immodest. (
    -दम्) ind. confusedly, topsy- turvy. (
    -दम्) confusion, disorder.
    -मल a.
    1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63.
    -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56.
    -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318.
    (-लम्) 1 talc.
    -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal.
    - मशक a. free from gnats.
    -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3.
    -मान a.
    1 without self-confidence.
    -2 free from pride.
    -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate.
    -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless.
    -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga.
    -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms.
    -2 the sun.
    -3 a rogue. (
    -टम्) a large free market or fair.
    -मूल a.
    1 rootless (as a tree).
    -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.).
    -3 eradicated.
    -मेघ a. cloudless.
    -मेध a. without un- derstanding, stupid, foolish, dull.
    -मोह a. free from illusion. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull.
    -यन्त्रण a.
    1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted.
    -2 unruly, self-willed, in- dependent.
    (-णम्) 1 squeezing out.
    -2 absence of restraint, independence.
    -यशस्क a. without fame, dis- creditable, inglorious.
    -युक्त a.
    1 constructed, built.
    -2 directed.
    -3 (in music) limited to metre and mea- sure.
    -युक्ति f.
    1 disunion.
    -2 absence of connection or government.
    -3 unfitness, impropriety.
    -युक्तिक a.
    1 disjoined, unconnected.
    -2 illogical, unmeaning.
    -3 unfit, improper.
    -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant).
    -यूष = निर्यास.
    -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45.
    -रक्त a. (
    -नीरक्त) colourless, faded.
    -रज, -रजस्क a.
    (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust.
    -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (
    -जः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see
    नीरज. (-f.) a woman not men- struating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness.
    -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent.
    -रन्ध्र a.
    (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23.
    -2 thick, dense.
    -3 coarse, gross.
    -रव a. (
    -नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58.
    -रस a.
    (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless.
    -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1.
    -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9.
    -4 vain, use- less, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11.
    -5 disagreeable.
    -6 cruel, merciless. (
    -सः) the pomegranate.
    - रसन a. (
    नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11.
    -रुच् a. (
    नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27.
    -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1.
    -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless.
    (-पः) 1 air, wind.
    -2 a god. (
    -पम्) ether.
    -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured.
    -2 undisting- uished.
    -3 unimportant, insignificant.
    -4 unspotted.
    -5 having a white back.
    -लक्ष्य a. invisible.
    -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent.
    -लाञ्छनम् the marking of dome- stic animals (by perforating the nose &c.).
    -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks.
    -लिप्त a.
    1 unanointed.
    -2 undefiled, unsullied.
    -3 indifferent to.
    (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -2 a sage.
    -लून a. cut through or off.
    -लेप a.
    1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112.
    -2 stainless, sinless. (
    -पः) a sage.
    -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious.
    -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless.
    -वंश a. without posterity, childless.
    1 not speaking, silent.
    -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately).
    -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19.
    -वण, -वन a.
    1 being out of a wood.
    -2 free from woods.
    -3 bare, open.
    -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3.
    -वर = निर्दरम् q. v.
    -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor.
    -वाच्य a.
    1 not fit to be said.
    -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48.
    -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (
    -तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124.
    -वानर a. free from monkeys.
    -वायस a. free from crows.
    -वार्य a.
    1 irresistible.
    -2 acting fearlessly or boldly.
    -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a.
    1 not admitting an alternative.
    -2 being without determination or resolu- tion.
    -3 not capable of mutual relation.
    -4 conditioned.
    -5 undeliberative.
    -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23.
    -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (
    -ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering.
    -विकार a.
    1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable.
    -2 not dispos- ed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14.
    -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (
    -रः) the Supreme deity.
    -विकास a. unblown.
    -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (
    -घ्नम्) absence of impedi- ment.
    -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, incon- siderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (
    -रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly.
    -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection.
    -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14.
    -वितर्क a. unreflecting.
    -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9.
    -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28.
    -विमर्श a.
    1 void of reflec- tion, thoughtless.
    -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi.
    -विवर a.
    1 having no opening or cavity.
    2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44.
    -विवाद a.
    1 not contending or disagreeing.
    -2 undisputed, not contra- dicted or disputed, universally acknowledged.
    -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish.
    -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85.
    -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without dis- tinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'.
    -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22.
    -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (
    -षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscrimi- nately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.).
    -विशेषण a. without attributes.
    -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः.
    -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent.
    -विषय a.
    1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also
    -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4.
    -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1.
    -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind).
    -विषाण a. destitute of horns.
    -विहार a. having no pleasure.
    -वीज, -बीज a.
    1 seedless.
    -2 impotent.
    -3 causeless.
    -वीर a.
    1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31.
    -2 cowardly.
    -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead.
    -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34.
    -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless.
    -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति.
    -वृष a. depriv- ed of bulls.
    -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm.
    -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried.
    -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel.
    -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle.
    -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (
    -रम्) absence of enmity.
    -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless.
    -व्यञ्जन a.
    1 straight-forward.
    -2 without condiment. (
    -नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner.
    -व्यथ, -न a.
    1 free from pain.
    -2 quiet, calm.
    -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak.
    -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39.
    -व्यलीक a.
    1 not hurting or offending.
    -2 without pain.
    -3 pleased, doing anything willingly.
    -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling.
    -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare.
    -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither.
    -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination.
    -व्याकुल a. calm.
    -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers.
    -व्याज a.
    1 candid, upright, honest, plain.
    -2 without fraud, true, genuine.
    -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.)
    -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (
    -जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85.
    -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit.
    -व्यापार a.
    1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56.
    -2 motionless; U.6.
    -व्यावृत्ति a. not invol- ving any return (to worldly existence).
    -व्रण a.
    1 un- hurt, without wounds.
    -2 without rents.
    -व्रत a. not observing vows.
    -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent.
    -हिमम् cessation of winter.
    -हेति a. weaponless.
    -हेतु a. cause- less, having no cause or reason.
    -ह्रीक a.
    1 shameless, impudent.
    -2 bold, daring.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > निर् _nir

  • 5 Verhältnis

    Verhältnis n 1. GEN relationship; 2. STAT proportion; 3. RW ratio • im Verhältnis von at the rate of • im Verhältnis zu 1. GEN relative to; 2. STAT in proportion to • über seine Verhältnisse leben GEN live beyond one’s means
    * * *
    n 1. < Geschäft> relationship; 2. < Math> proportion; 3. < Rechnung> ratio ■ im Verhältnis von at the rate of ■ im Verhältnis zu 1. < Geschäft> relative to; 2. < Math> in proportion to ■ über seine Verhältnisse leben < Geschäft> live beyond one's means
    * * *
    Verhältnis
    (Beziehung) relation[ship], condition, rapport, (Quote) quota, dividend, (Vergleich) proportion, rate, ratio;
    • im Verhältnis von at the rate of, in the ratio of;
    • im umgekehrten Verhältnis in inverse ratio;
    • im Verhältnis von eins zu drei in the ratio of one to three, (Bezug neuer Aktien) in the proportion of one new share against every three old shares held;
    • in angemessenem Verhältnis in due proportion;
    • in freundschaftlichem Verhältnis on friendly terms;
    • in gar keinem Verhältnis stehend out of all proportion;
    • besitzähnliches Verhältnis quasi possession;
    • eheähnliches Verhältnis quasi marriage;
    • ehewidriges Verhältnis extra-marital relationship;
    • festes Verhältnis definite ratio;
    • funktionierendes Verhältnis working relationship;
    • gespanntes Verhältnis strained relations;
    • gesundes Verhältnis healthy relationship;
    • nießbrauchähnliches Verhältnis quasi usufruct;
    • obligatorisches Verhältnis contractual obligation;
    • persönliches Verhältnis personal relationship;
    • vertragähnliches Verhältnis quasi-contractual relationship, quasi contract;
    • verwahrungsähnliches Verhältnis quasi-deposit;
    • Verhältnis der Aktiva zu den Passiva equity ratio;
    • Verhältnis der flüssigen Aktiva zu den gesamten Verbindlichkeiten ratio of current assets to total liabilities;
    • Verhältnis zwischen Angebot und Nachfrage ratio (proportion) between supply and demand;
    • Verhältnis zwischen Arbeitgeber und Arbeitnehmer industrial relations (US);
    • Verhältnis auf dem Arbeitsmarkt labo(u)r situation;
    • Verhältnis geleisteter Arbeitsstunden zum Preis work-time price ratio;
    • Verhältnis von Eigen- zu Fremdkapital credit ratio (US);
    • Verhältnis von Gewinn zu Umsatz sales-profit ratio;
    • Verhältnis zur Kundschaft customer relations;
    • Verhältnis der Mietparteien landlord and tenant relationship;
    • Verhältnis der finanziellen (liquiden) Mittel financial ratio;
    • günstiges Verhältnis des Nettoanteils favo(u)rable equity position;
    • Verhältnis der Netto- zur Bruttobelastung proportion of the net load to the gross load;
    • Verhältnis von Nettoumsatz zu Betriebskapital working-capital turnover;
    • Verhältnis von Obligationen und Vorzugsaktien zu Stammaktien leverage;
    • Verhältnis zwischen Prinzipal und Angestellten relation of master to servants;
    • Verhältnis des Reingewinns zum Eigenkapital net profit to net worth ratio (US);
    • Verhältnis der Rücklagen zu den Verbindlichkeiten proportion of reserves to liabilities;
    • Verhältnis der Sichteinlagen zu den Gesamteinlagen ratio of time deposits to total deposits;
    • Verhältnis offener Stellen zu Arbeitslosen vacancy-unemployment ratio;
    • Verhältnis von 60% Text zu 40% Anzeigenraum 60 - 40 ratio of text to advertising;
    • Verhältnis von Umlaufvermögen zu kurzfristigen Schulden (Verbindlichkeiten) current [position] ratio, (Kreditbeurteilung) banker’s ratio;
    • Verhältnis sämtlicher Verbindlichkeiten zum Eigenkapital liabilities-to-worth ratio;
    • nach dem Verhältnis beitragen to contribute proportionally;
    • Verhältnis berechnen to pro-rate;
    • in ein richtiges Verhältnis bringen to proportion;
    • äußerst ungünstiges Verhältnis von Fremd- zu Eigenkapital haben to be riding high on leverage;
    • nach dem Verhältnis der Beträge kürzen to reduce pro rata;
    • zum Einkommen in keinem Verhältnis stehen to be out of proportion to one’s income;
    • zum Ergebnis in keinem Verhältnis stehen to bear no relation to the result;
    • in einem Verhältnis 1:1 stehen to have a one-to-one relationship;
    • Verhältnisanteil ratable (proportionate) share, quota, dividend;
    • Verhältnisklausel average clause.

    Business german-english dictionary > Verhältnis

  • 6 अङ्गम् _aṅgam

    अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा]
    1 The body.
    -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them)
    -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supple- mentary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval- kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expe- dient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also ( the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words).
    -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual.
    -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters.
    -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश.
    -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas).
    -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also.
    -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas.
    -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north- east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a.
    1 Contiguous.
    -2 Having members or divisions.
    -Comp. -अङ्गि, [
    अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्).
    -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः).
    -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa).
    -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act.
    -कर्मन् n.
    -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39.
    -2 a supplementary sacrificial act.
    -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14.
    -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness.
    -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड]
    1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c.
    -2 produced by a supple- mentary rite.
    -3 beautiful, ornamental. (
    -जः)
    -जनुस् also
    1 a son.
    -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32.
    -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161.
    -4 drunkenness, intoxication.
    -5 a disease. (
    -जा) a daugh- ter. (
    -जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm.
    -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption.
    -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defec- tive construction; Māna.
    -2 name of the 79th chapter.
    -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas.
    -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras.
    -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि).
    -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v.
    -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72.
    -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making pre- sents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.).
    -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind.
    (-भूः) 1 a son.
    -2 Cupid.
    -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Man- tras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.).
    -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2.
    -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85.
    -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles.
    -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra.
    -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्]
    1 one who shampoos his master's body.
    -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos.
    -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31.
    -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv.
    -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी).
    -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a body- guard, personal attendant Pt.3.
    -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (
    -णम्) protection of person.
    -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्]
    1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11.
    -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents.
    -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7.
    -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas.
    -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्]
    1 a scented cosmetic.
    -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing.
    -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber.
    -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse.
    -विकल a. [तृ. त.]
    1 maimed, paralysed.
    -2 fainting, swooning.
    -विकृतिः f.
    1 change 2of bodily appearance; collapse.
    -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार).
    -विकारः a bodily defect.
    -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation.
    -2 a kind of dance.
    -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्]
    1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge.
    -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5.
    -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act sub- servient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः).
    -वीरः chief or princi- pal hero.
    -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.]
    1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार)
    -2 a nod, wink.
    -3 changed bodily appearance.
    -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.).
    -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्)
    1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c.
    -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person.
    -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body.
    -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt.
    -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition.
    -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body.
    -सेवकः a personal attend- ant, body-guard.
    -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science.
    -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily con- tact or being touched by others.
    -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidi- ary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥
    -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91.
    -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि]
    1 gesticula- tion.
    -2 stage; dancing hall.
    -हीन a. [तृ. त.]
    1 muti- lated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अङ्गम् _aṅgam

  • 7 show

    1. I
    1) a scar (a mark of a wound, etc.) shows шрам и т.д. виден /заметен/; а stain shows проступает пятно; does my slip show? у меня не выглядывает комбинация?; your straps are showing у тебя бретельки видны
    2) time will show время покажет
    2. II
    1) show in some manner the pattern shows plainly рисунок ясно виден /четко проступает/; show at some time buds are just showing почки только начинают появляться; the scar still shows шрам еще заметен
    3. III
    show smth.
    1) show one's new hat (one's books, one's designs, a specimen of his new work, etc.) показывать свою новую шляпу и т.д.; show a film показывать /демонстрировать/ фильм; show a cheap line of goods выставлять /демонстрировать/ дешевые товары; show one's wares разложить свои товары; show one's tickets (one's passport, one's licence, etc.) предъявлять билеты и т.д.; show the contents of your pockets покажи, что [там] у тебя в карманах; show one's legs (one's breast, one's arms, etc.) обнажать ноги и т.д.; that dress shows your underwear из-под этого платья у вас видно нижнее белье; show one's teeth оскалить зубы; show one's face /one's nose/ появляться, показываться
    2) show signs of intelligence (signs of use, no signs of wear, great improvement, more learning, a noble spirit, taste, a great deal of originality, unexpected daring, etc.) обнаруживать признаки ума и т.д.; he showed no signs of life он не проявлял признаков жизни; he showed no sign of having heard anything он и виду не подал, что что-то слышал; his cheeks showed two red patches на его щеках выступили два красных пятна; he shows his age по нему видно, что он немолод; his face showed his delight (his pleasure) его лицо выражало восторг (удовольствие); she showed neither joy nor anger она не проявляла ни радости, ни злости, по ней не было видно, радуется она или злится; try not to show any emotion постарайтесь не показывать никаких эмоций /не показывать виду, что вы волнуетесь/; show one's true character показывать свой истинный характер; show resemblance обнаруживать сходство, быть похожим; show (great) promise подавать (большие) надежды; show good judgement судить здраво, проявлять трезвый подход к вещам; show favour (courage, intelligence, etc.) проявлять благосклонность и т.д.; show one's hand /one's cards/ раскрыть свой карты
    3) show the existence of smth. (the impossibility of doing smth., the falsity of the tale, the absurdity of the explanation, etc.) показывать /доказывать/ существование чего-л. и т.д.; his edginess shows a lack of self-confidence его нервозность говорит о неуверенности в себе
    4) show time (the hour, speed, the way, a loss, a net profit of t 1000, etc.) показывать время и т.д.; the indicator shows a speed of 60 miles an hour счетчик /спидометр/ показывает скорость [в] шестьдесят миль в час
    5) a light carpet will show the dirt на светлом ковре будет видна /заметна/ грязь; the picture shows three figures на картине изображены три фигуры
    4. IV
    1) show smth. in some manner show smth. openly (reluctantly, occasionally, etc.) выставлять /показывать, демонстрировать/ что-л. открыто и т.д.; show smth. somewhere show smth. here and there выставлять /показывать/ что-л. повсюду; never show your face again here не смей здесь больше показываться, чтоб и носа твоего здесь не было
    2) show smth. in some manner show smth. clearly (obviously, distinctly, etc.) ясно и т.д. обнаруживать /проявлять/ что-л.
    3) show smth. in some manner show smth. conclusively (fully, unequivocally, clearly, partly, subsequently, etc.) убедительно и т.д. показывать /доказывать/ что-л.
    4) show smb. somewhere show smb. upstairs (downstairs, out) проводить кого-л. наверх (вниз, к выходу); show him in приведите его сюда
    5. V
    show smb. smth.
    1) show the teacher your hands (him your new hat, the children some interesting pictures, me what is inside, etc.) показать учителю руки и т.д.; what can I show you, madam? что вам угодно, мадам? (в магазине, ателье и т.п.); show smb. the way показывать кому-л. дорогу, объяснять кому-л., как пройти; show smb. the way to town (to the village, to the station, etc.) объяснять /показывать/ кому-л., как пройти в город и т.д.; show smb. the way to learn languages (to master the art, to achieve one's ends, etc.) объяснять кому-л., как изучать языки и т.д.; show smb. the door указать кому-л. на дверь id I could show him a thing or two coll. я могу ему кое-что показать
    2) show smb. kindness (great favour, indifference, etc.) проявлять доброту и т.д. по отношению к кому-л.; he showed me great sympathy when I was in trouble он проявил ко мне большее участие, когда я попал в беду
    6. VII
    show smb. to be smb. show smb. to be a rascal (to be a coward, etc.) показать /доказать/, что кто-л. подлец и т.д.; show smb. how to do smth. show smb. how to operate this machine (how to draw a chart, etc.) показать кому-л., как работать на этой машине и т.д.; show me how to read (how to write, how to do the problem, etc.) научи меня читать и т.д.; show smb. what to do показать кому-л. /научать кого-л. /, что делать
    7. XI
    1) be shown to smb. I won't believe it unless it's shown to me я не поверю, пока мне этого не покажут; be shown (on) smth. the roads are shown in red дороги обозначены красным; as shown in the illustration (in the table, in the graph, in the statement above, etc.) как показано на рисунке и т.д.; the place shown on the map место, указанное на карте; machine shown in section машина, показанная в разрезе
    2) be shown (in)to (out of) smth. I was shown into the room меня провели в комнату; I was shown to the gates меня проводили до ворот; he was shown out of the office его выпроводили из кабинета; be shown over (round, through) smth. the visitors were shown all over (round) the city приезжих водили по (всему) городу: I was shown through the rooms of the hotel мне показали номера гостиницы
    3) be shown in some manner that... it can easily be shown that... нетрудно доказать, что...
    8. XV
    show to be in some state the house shows white from here отсюда дом выглядит белым; oil paintings show best at a distance картины маслом лучше смотреть на расстоянии
    9. XVI
    show from some place show from the top of the mountain (from a great distance, from here, etc.) виднеться /быть видным/ с вершины горы и т.д.; show through (above, below, etc.) smth. show through the fog (through the trees, above the wood, below the water, etc.) быть видным /виднеться/ сквозь туман и т.д.; the veins show under the skin вены просвечивают через кожу; show on smth. the buds are already showing on the trees на деревьях появились почки || show in smb.'s face /in smb.'s expression/ отражаться на лице; anger showed in his face на его лице отразился /был написан/ гнев
    10. XVIII
    1) show oneself after the play the audience called for the author to show himself по окончании спектакля публика потребовала, чтобы вышел автор; the sun has shown itself above the horizon солнце появилось над горизонтом
    2) show oneself as being of some quality show oneself cruel (generous, very friendly, etc.) проявить жестокость и т.д.; show oneself smb. show oneself a first-rate leader проявить себя первоклассным организатором; show oneself a practical man доказать свою практичность; show oneself a coward показывать свою трусость; he showed himself as accommodating as possible он доказал свою необыкновенную сговорчивость; show oneself to be smth. he showed himself to be unreliable он показал себя ненадежным человеком
    11. XIX1
    show like smth. show like a disk (like a small dot, etc.) казаться /выглядеть/ диском и т.д.; the building shows from here like a dark streak отсюда здание кажется темной полосой
    12. XX1
    show as smth. the yacht only shows as a dot on the skyline яхта кажется всего лишь точкой на горизонте
    13. XXI1
    1) show smth. on (at, in, etc.) smth. show a place on a map (a face on a picture, appoint on a diagram, etc.) показывать место на карте и т.д.; show one's flowers at a flower-show (specimens of fruit and vegetables at an annual show, pictures at the Academy, goods in a window, butterflies in glass cases, etc.) выставлять свой цветы на выставке и т.д.; what are they showing at the theatre? что идет в театре?; show the way to smth. show the way to the theatre (to the centre of the city, etc.) указать дорогу к театру и т.д., рассказать /объяснить/, как пройти к театру и т.д.; the signpost shows the way to London указатель показывает дорогу на Лондон; show smth. to smb. show the picture to all his friends (your tongue to the doctor, etc.) показывать картину всем его друзьям и т.д.; have you shown this to anyone? вы это кому-нибудь показывали?
    2) show smb. into (out of) smth. show him into the room (the visitor into his den, the man out of his study, etc.) проводить его в комнату и т.д.; show smb. to some place show the man to the door (to the gate, to the exit, etc.) проводить человека до двери /дверей/ и т.д.; show smb. to his seat проводить кого-л. на место; show smb. over (all over, round) smth. show smb. [all] over the house (round the plant, over the ship, round the city, etc.) показать кому-л. дом и т.д., водить кого-л. по дому и т.д.
    3) show smth. for (towards, with, at) smth., smb. show a taste for work (a liking for music, affection for the child, respect for him, sympathy with the girl, hatred towards the enemy, jealousy towards her husband, etc.) проявлять вкус к работе и т.д.; show admiration for smb. выражать восхищение [перед] кем-л.; show regard /consideration/ for smb. считаться с кем-л., проявлять уважение к кому-л.; show displeasure at smb.'s appearance (no emotion at their words, etc.) обнаруживать /показывать/ неудовольствие при чьем-л. появлении и т.д.; he showed his pleasure at the news новость его явно обрадовала; show smth. in smth., smb. show zeal in one's work (interest in her brother, etc.) проявлять рвение в работе и т.д. || show mercy on smb. проявлять милосердие /сострадание/ к кому-л., щадить кого-л.
    4) show smth. in smth. show a rise in temperature (a fall in prices, etc.) показывать повышение температуры и т.д.; this shows a decline in prosperity это служит показателем понижения уровня благосостояния; the chart shows a rise in birthrates диаграмма показывает прирост /увеличение/ рождаемости; show smth. between smth. show the relation between smth. and smth. обнаруживать отношение /связь/ между чем-л. и чем-л.; the experiment shows the relation between work and heat эксперимент подтверждает /указывает на/ существование связи между работой и тепловой энергией
    14. XXV
    1) show what... (how..., etc.) we will show what he was doing мы покажем, что он делал; the diagram shows how this device works диаграмма объясняет, как работает это устройство he showed that he was annoyed no нему было видно, что он недоволен
    2) show that... (why..., how..., etc.) show that it is true (that it is silly, why he needed the book, how false it was, how much he felt it, etc.) доказывать /объяснять/, что это правда и т.д.; it only shows how little you know (that I was right, that you were not telling the truth, etc.) это только говорит о том, как вы мало знаете и т.д.; that /it/ goes to show that... это свидетельствует о том, что...; nothing seemed to show that he was guilty ничто, казалось, не указывало на его виновность XXIV show me what you have in your bag покажите, что у вас в сумке

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > show

  • 8 Logic

       My initial step... was to attempt to reduce the concept of ordering in a sequence to that of logical consequence, so as to proceed from there to the concept of number. To prevent anything intuitive from penetrating here unnoticed, I had to bend every effort to keep the chain of inference free of gaps. In attempting to comply with this requirement in the strictest possible way, I found the inadequacy of language to be an obstacle. (Frege, 1972, p. 104)
       I believe I can make the relation of my 'conceptual notation' to ordinary language clearest if I compare it to the relation of the microscope to the eye. The latter, because of the range of its applicability and because of the ease with which it can adapt itself to the most varied circumstances, has a great superiority over the microscope. Of course, viewed as an optical instrument it reveals many imperfections, which usually remain unnoticed only because of its intimate connection with mental life. But as soon as scientific purposes place strong requirements upon sharpness of resolution, the eye proves to be inadequate.... Similarly, this 'conceptual notation' is devised for particular scientific purposes; and therefore one may not condemn it because it is useless for other purposes. (Frege, 1972, pp. 104-105)
       To sum up briefly, it is the business of the logician to conduct an unceasing struggle against psychology and those parts of language and grammar which fail to give untrammeled expression to what is logical. He does not have to answer the question: How does thinking normally take place in human beings? What course does it naturally follow in the human mind? What is natural to one person may well be unnatural to another. (Frege, 1979, pp. 6-7)
       We are very dependent on external aids in our thinking, and there is no doubt that the language of everyday life-so far, at least, as a certain area of discourse is concerned-had first to be replaced by a more sophisticated instrument, before certain distinctions could be noticed. But so far the academic world has, for the most part, disdained to master this instrument. (Frege, 1979, pp. 6-7)
       There is no reproach the logician need fear less than the reproach that his way of formulating things is unnatural.... If we were to heed those who object that logic is unnatural, we would run the risk of becoming embroiled in interminable disputes about what is natural, disputes which are quite incapable of being resolved within the province of logic. (Frege, 1979, p. 128)
       [L]inguists will be forced, internally as it were, to come to grips with the results of modern logic. Indeed, this is apparently already happening to some extent. By "logic" is not meant here recursive function-theory, California model-theory, constructive proof-theory, or even axiomatic settheory. Such areas may or may not be useful for linguistics. Rather under "logic" are included our good old friends, the homely locutions "and," "or," "if-then," "if and only if," "not," "for all x," "for some x," and "is identical with," plus the calculus of individuals, event-logic, syntax, denotational semantics, and... various parts of pragmatics.... It is to these that the linguist can most profitably turn for help. These are his tools. And they are "clean tools," to borrow a phrase of the late J. L. Austin in another context, in fact, the only really clean ones we have, so that we might as well use them as much as we can. But they constitute only what may be called "baby logic." Baby logic is to the linguist what "baby mathematics" (in the phrase of Murray Gell-Mann) is to the theoretical physicist-very elementary but indispensable domains of theory in both cases. (Martin, 1969, pp. 261-262)
       There appears to be no branch of deductive inference that requires us to assume the existence of a mental logic in order to do justice to the psychological phenomena. To be logical, an individual requires, not formal rules of inference, but a tacit knowledge of the fundamental semantic principle governing any inference; a deduction is valid provided that there is no way of interpreting the premises correctly that is inconsistent with the conclusion. Logic provides a systematic method for searching for such counter-examples. The empirical evidence suggests that ordinary individuals possess no such methods. (Johnson-Laird, quoted in Mehler, Walker & Garrett, 1982, p. 130)
       The fundamental paradox of logic [that "there is no class (as a totality) of those classes which, each taken as a totality, do not belong to themselves" (Russell to Frege, 16 June 1902, in van Heijenoort, 1967, p. 125)] is with us still, bequeathed by Russell-by way of philosophy, mathematics, and even computer science-to the whole of twentieth-century thought. Twentieth-century philosophy would begin not with a foundation for logic, as Russell had hoped in 1900, but with the discovery in 1901 that no such foundation can be laid. (Everdell, 1997, p. 184)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Logic

  • 9 πατήρ

    πατήρ, πατρός, ὁ (Hom.+) acc. somet. πατέραν (ApcEsdr 2:6 p. 25, 26 Tdf.); voc. πάτερ; for this the nom. w. the art. ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26; Mk 14:36; Lk 10:21b; Ro 8:15; Gal 4:6.—The vv.ll. πατήρ without the art. for the voc., in J 17:11, 21, 24, and 25 is regarded by B-D-F §147, 3 as a scribal error (but as early as II A.D. BGU 423, 11 has κύριέ μου πατήρ. Perh. even PPar 51, 36 [159 B.C.]). S. also W-S. §29, 4b and Mlt-H. 136; ‘father’.
    ① the immediate biological ancestor, parent
    ⓐ male, father (of Noah Did., Gen. 165, 6) Mt 2:22; 4:21f; 8:21; 10:21; Mk 5:40; 15:21; Lk 1:17 (after Mal 3:23); J 4:53; Ac 7:14; 1 Cor 5:1; B 13:5 al. οἱ τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρες our physical fathers Hb 12:9a.
    ⓑ male and female together as parents οἱ πατέρες parents (Pla., Leg. 6, 772b; Dionys. Hal. 2, 26; Diod S 21, 17, 2; X. Eph. 1, 11; 3, 3; Kaibel 227) Hb 11:23.—Eph 6:4; Col 3:21 (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1089 of parents who are inclined to become λίην δύσζηλοι toward their children).
    ② one from whom one is descended and generally at least several generations removed, forefather, ancestor, progenitor, forebear: of Abraham (Jos., Ant. 14, 255 Ἀ., πάντων Ἑβραίων πατήρ; Just., D. 100, 3) Mt 3:9; Lk 1:73; 16:24; J 8:39, 53, 56; Ac 7:2b. Of Isaac Ro 9:10. Jacob J 4:12 (JosAs 22:5). David Mk 11:10; Lk 1:32. Pl. οἱ πατέρες the forefathers, ancestors (Hom. et al.; oft. LXX; En 99:14; PsSol 9:10; ParJer 4:10; Jos., Ant. 13, 297; Just., D. 57, 2 and 136, 3; Mel., P. 87, 654) Mt 23:30, 32; Lk 1:55; 6:23, 26; 11:47f; J 4:20; 6:31; Ac 3:13, 25; Hb 1:1; 8:9 (Jer 38:32); B 2:7 (Jer 7:22); 5:7; 14:1; PtK 2 p. 15, 6 (Jer 38:32).
    ③ one who provides moral and intellectual upbringing, father
    ⓐ in a positive sense (Epict. 3, 22, 81f: the Cynic superintends the upbringing of all pers. as their πατήρ; Procop. Soph., Ep. 13; Ael. Aristid. 47 p. 425 D.: Pla. as τῶν ῥητόρων π. καὶ διδάσκαλος; Aristoxenus, Fgm. 18: Epaminondas is the ἀκροατής of the Pythagorean Lysis and calls him πατήρ; Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 1, 8 p. 10, 4 the διδάσκαλος as πατήρ) ἐὰν μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν Χριστῷ, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλοὺς πατέρας 1 Cor 4:15 (cp. GrBar 13:4 εἰς πνευματικοὺς πατέρας; on the subject matter ADieterich, Mithraslit. 1903, 52; 146f; 151; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 40: ‘he [the “mystes”] by these teachings becomes the parent of the novice. We find undoubted examples of πατήρ as a title in the Isis cult in Delos, in the Phrygian mystery communities, in the Mithras cult, in the worshipers of the θεὸς ὕψιστος and elsewh.’). Of Jesus ὡς πατὴρ υἱοὺς ἡμᾶς προσηγόρευσεν as a father he called us (his) sons 2 Cl 1:4 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 19; ὁ Χριστὸς π. τῶν πιστευόντων ὑπάρχει Did., Gen. 106, 6.—ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ π. [=founder] τῆς τοιαύτης διδασκαλίας Orig., C. Cels. 2, 44, 32).
    ⓑ in a neg. sense of the devil (for patristic trad. s. Lampe s.v. πατήρ D)
    α. as father of a group of Judeans J 8:44ab, as verdict on the sin of the opposition to God’s purpose in Jesus, not on the person (cp. descriptions of dissidents at Qumran, esp. 1QS and 1QH, w. focus on aspect of deception).
    β. as father of lies (Celsus 2, 47 as π. τῆς κακίας) vs. 44c (on πατήρ in the sense of ‘originator’ cp. Caecil. Calact., Fgm. 127 ὁ π. τοῦ λόγου=the author of the book). On the view that in 44a and c there might be a statement about the father of the devil s. Hdb.3 ad loc. (NDahl, EHaenchen Festschr. ’64, 70–84 [Cain]).—LDürr, Geistige Vaterrschaft in: Herwegen Festschr. ’38, 1–30.
    ④ a title of respectful address, father
    ⓐ as an honorary title (Diod S 21, 12, 2; 5; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 14, 2 πάτερ; 4 Km 2:12; 6:21; 13:14; Test Abr B 2 p. 106, 3 [Stone p. 60] καλὲ πάτερ; Jos., Ant. 12, 148; 13, 127; Just., D. 3, 7. Also PGen 52, 1; 5 κυρίῳ καὶ πατρὶ Ἀμινναίῳ Ἀλύπιος; UPZ 65, 3 [154 B.C.]; 70, 2; BGU 164, 2; POxy 1296, 15; 18; 1592, 3; 5; 1665, 2) Mt 23:9a; specif. in addressing the members of the High Council Ac 7:2a; cp. 22:1 (of Job in TestJob 53:3 ὁ πατὴρ τῶν ὀρφανῶν).
    ⓑ as a designation of the older male members of a church (as respectful address by younger people to their elders Hom. et al. S. also a.) 1J 2:13, 14b.
    ⑤ revered deceased persons with whom one shares beliefs or traditions, fathers, ancestors
    ⓐ generation(s) of deceased Christians 2 Pt 3:4; 1 Cl 23:3=2 Cl 11:2 (an apocryphal saying, at any rate interpreted in this way by the Christian writers). Christians of an earlier generation could also be meant in 1 Cl 30:7; 60:4; 62:2; 2 Cl 19:4. Yet it is poss. that these refer to
    ⓑ the illustrious religious heroes of the OT, who are ‘ancestors’ even to gentile Christians, who are validated as Israelites (Just., D. 101, 1). In 1 Cor 10:1 Paul calls the desert generation of Israelites οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν (the ‘philosophers’ of earlier times are so called in Cleopatra 114f). Likew. Ro 4:12b Abraham ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν (on this s. c below). The latter is also so referred to Js 2:21; 1 Cl 31:2; likew. the patriarch Jacob 4:8.
    ⓒ the ‘fatherhood’ can also consist in the fact that the one who is called ‘father’ is the prototype of a group or the founder of a class of persons (cp. Pla., Menex. 240e οὐ μόνον τῶν σωμάτων τῶν ἡμετέρων πατέρας ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας; 1 Macc 2:54). Abraham who, when he was still uncircumcised, received the promise because of his faith, and then received circumcision to seal it, became thereby πατὴρ πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων διʼ ἀκροβυστίας father of all those who believe, though they are uncircumcised Ro 4:11 and likew. πατὴρ περιτομῆς father of those who are circumcised vs. 12a, insofar as they are not only circumcised physically, but are like the patriarch in faith as well. Cp. 4:16, 17 (Gen 17:5).
    ⑥ the supreme deity, who is responsible for the origin and care of all that exists, Father, Parent (Just., A II, 6, 2 τὸ δὲ πατὴρ καὶ θεὸς καὶ κτίστης καὶ κύριος καὶ δεσπότης οὐκ ὀνόματά ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … προσφήσεις ‘the terms, father, god, founder, lord, and master are not names but … modes of address [in recognition of benefits and deeds])
    ⓐ as the originator and ruler (Pind., O. 2, 17 Χρόνος ὁ πάντων π.; Pla., Tim. 28c; 37c; Stoa: Epict. 1, 3, 1; Diog. L. 7, 147; Maximus Tyr. 2, 10a; Galen XIX p. 179 K. ὁ τῶν ὅλων πατὴρ ἐν θεοῖς; Job 38:28; Mal 2:10; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 96 τῷ τοῦ κόσμου πατρί; 2, 6 τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τῶν ὅλων, Ebr. 30; 81, Virt. 34; 64; 179; 214; Jos., Ant. 1, 20 πάντων πατήρ; 230; 2, 152; 7, 380 πατέρα τε καὶ γένεσιν τῶν ὅλων; Herm. Wr. 1, 21 ὁ πατὴρ ὅλων … ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ; 30 al., also p. 476, 23 Sc. δεσπότης καὶ πατὴρ καὶ ποιητής; PGM 4, 1170; 1182; Just., A I, 45, 1 ὁ π. τῶν πάντων θεός; D. 95, 2 ὁ πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων; Ath. 27, 2; Iren.; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 46, 34; Hippolyt.; π. δὲ δὶα τὸ εἶναι πρὸ τῶν ὅλων Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 8]) ὁ πατὴρ τῶν φώτων the father of the heavenly bodies Js 1:17 (cp. ApcMos 36 v.l. [MCeriani, Monumenta Sacra et Profana V/1, 1868] ἐνώπιον τοῦ φωτὸς τῶν ὅλων, τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν φώτων; 38).
    ⓑ as ὁ πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9b (cp. Num 16:22; 27:16 and in En the fixed phrase ‘Lord of the spirits’).—SeePKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, p. 33, 1.
    ⓒ as father of humankind (since Hom. Ζεύς is called πατήρ or πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε; Diod S 5, 72, 2 πατέρα δὲ [αὐτὸν προσαγορευθῆναι] διὰ τὴν φροντίδα καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν εἰς ἅπαντας, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν ὥσπερ ἀρχηγὸν εἶναι τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων=‘[Zeus is called] father because of his thoughtfulness and goodwill toward all humanity, and because, moreover, he is thought of as originator of the human race’, cp. 3, 61, 4; 5, 56, 4; Dio Chrys. 36 [53], 12 Zeus as π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων, not only because of his position as ruler, but also because of his love and care [ἀγαπῶν κ. προνοῶν]. Cp. Plut., Mor. 167d; Jos., Ant. 4, 262 πατὴρ τοῦ παντὸς ἀνθρώπων γένους. In the OT God is called ‘Father’ in the first place to indicate a caring relationship to the Israelite nation as a whole, or to the king as the embodiment of the nation. Only in late writers is God called the Father of the pious Israelite as an individual: Sir 23:1, 4; Tob 13:4; Wsd 2:16; 14:3; 3 Macc 5:7.—Bousset, Rel.3 377ff; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 384–92; RGyllenberg, Gott d. Vater im AT u. in d. Predigt Jesu: Studia Orient. I 1925, 51–60; JLeipoldt, D. Gotteserlebnis Jesu 1927; AWilliams, ‘My Father’ in Jewish Thought of the First Century: JTS 31, 1930, 42–47; TManson, The Teaching of Jesus, ’55, 89–115; HMontefiore, NTS 3, ’56/57, 31–46 [synoptics]; BIersel, ‘D. Sohn’ in den synopt. Ev., ’61, 92–116).
    α. as a saying of Jesus ὁ πατήρ σου Mt 6:4, 6b, 18b. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν Mt 6:15; 10:20, 29; 23:9b; Lk 6:36; 12:30, 32; J 20:17c. ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν (=τῶν δικαίων) Mt 13:43. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρανοῖς (the synagogue also spoke of God as ‘Father in Heaven’; Bousset, Rel.3 378) Mt 5:16, 45; 6:1; 7:11; Mk 11:25. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος Mt 5:48; 6:14, 26, 32. Cp. 23:9b. ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ Lk 11:13. ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ (or κρυφαίῳ) Mt 6:6a, 18a.—For the evangelist the words πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Mt 6:9 refer only to the relation betw. God and humans, though Jesus perh. included himself in this part of the prayer. The same is true of πάτερ ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου Lk 11:2 (for invocation in prayer cp. Simonides, Fgm. 13, 20 Ζεῦ πάτερ).—ELohmeyer, D. Vaterunser erkl. ’46 (Eng. tr. JBowden, ’65); TManson, The Sayings of Jesus, ’54, 165–71; EGraesser, Das Problem der Parusieverzögerung in den synopt. Ev. usw., Beih. ZNW 22, ’57, 95–113; AHamman, La Prière I, Le NT, ’59, 94–134; JJeremias, Das Vaterunser im Lichte der neueren Forschung, ’62 (Eng. tr., The Lord’s Prayer, JReumann, ’64); WMarchel, Abba, Père! La Prière ’63; also bibl. in JCharlesworth, ed., The Lord’s Prayer and Other Prayer Texts fr. the Greco-Roman Era ’94, 186–201.
    β. as said by Christians (Sextus 59=222; 225 God as π. of the pious. The servant of Sarapis addresses God in this way: Sb 1046; 3731, 7) in introductions of letters ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν: Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3, cp. vs. 4; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; Phlm 3; 2 Th 1:2 (v.l. without ἡμῶν); without ἡμῶν 1 Ti 1:2 (v.l. with ἡμῶν); 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; 2J 3a (here vs 3b shows plainly that it is not ‘our’ father, but the Father of Jesus Christ who is meant).—πατὴρ ἡμῶν also Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13; 2 Th 2:16; D 8:2; 9:2f. τὸν ἐπιεικῆ καὶ εὔσπλαγχνον πατέρα ἡμῶν 1 Cl 29:1. Likew. we have the Father of the believers Ro 8:15 (w. αββα, s. JBarr, Abba Isn’t Daddy: JTS 39, ’88, 28–47; s. also JFitzmyer, Ro [AB] ad loc.); 2 Cor 1:3b (ὁ πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν; s. οἰκτιρμός); 6:18 (cp. 2 Km 7:14); Gal 4:6; Eph 4:6 (πατὴρ πάντων, as Herm. Wr. 5, 10); 1 Pt 1:17. ὁ οἰκτίρμων καὶ εὐεργετικὸς πατήρ 1 Cl 23:1. Cp. 8:3 (perh. fr. an unknown apocryphal book). πάτερ ἅγιε D 10:2 (cp. 8:2; 9:2f).
    γ. as said by Judeans ἕνα πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν θεόν J 8:41b. Cp. vs. 42.
    ⓓ as Father of Jesus Christ
    α. in Jesus’ witness concerning himself ὁ πατήρ μου Mt 11:27a; 20:23; 25:34; 26:29, 39, 42, 53; Lk 2:49 (see ὁ 2g and Goodsp., Probs. 81–83); 10:22a; 22:29; 24:49; J 2:16; 5:17, 43; 6:40 and oft. in J; Rv 2:28; 3:5, 21. ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ πατρός μου 2 Cl 12:6 in an apocryphal saying of Jesus. ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρανοῖς Mt 7:21; 10:32, 33; 12:50; 16:17; 18:10, 19. ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 15:13; 18:35 (Just., A I, 15, 8). Jesus calls himself the Human One (Son of Man), who will come ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 16:27; Mk 8:38. Abs. ὁ πατήρ, πάτερ Mt 11:25, 26; Mk 14:36 (s. GSchelbert, FZPhT 40, ’93, 259–81; response ERuckstuhl, ibid. 41, ’94, 515–25; response Schelbert, ibid. 526–31); Lk 10:21ab; 22:42; 23:34, 46 (all voc.); J 4:21, 23ab; 5:36ab, 37, 45; 6:27, 37, 45, 46a, 65 and oft. in J. Father and Son stand side by side or in contrast Mt 11:27bc; 24:36; 28:19; Mk 13:32; Lk 10:22bc; J 5:19–23, 26; 1J 1:3; 2:22–24; 2J 9; B 12:8. WLofthouse, Vater u. Sohn im J: ThBl 11, ’32, 290–300.
    β. in the confession of the Christians π. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3a; Eph 1:3; Col 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. π. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 2 Cor 11:31. Cp. 1 Cor 15:24; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14); Rv 1:6; 1 Cl 7:4; IEph 2:1; ITr ins 12:2; MPol 14:1; AcPl Ha 2, 33; 6, 34; AcPlCor 2:7 (cp. Just., D. 30, 3; 129, 1 al.).
    ⓔ Oft. God is simply called (ὁ) πατήρ (the) Father (e.g. TestJob 33:9, s. DRahnenführer, ZNW 62, ’71, 77; ApcMos 35 τοῦ ἀοράτου πατρός; Just., D. 76, 3 al. On the presence or absence of the art. s. B-D-F §257, 3; Rob. 795) Eph 2:18; 3:14; 5:20; 6:23; 1J 1:2; 2:1, 15; 3:1; B 14:6; Hv 3, 9, 10; IEph 3:2; 4:2; IMg 13:2; ITr 12:2; 13:3; IRo 2:2; 3:3; 7:2; 8:2; IPhld 9:1; ISm 3:3; 7:1; 8:1; D 1:5; Dg 12:9; 13:1; AcPlCor 2:5, 19; MPol 22:3; EpilMosq 5. θεὸς π. Gal 1:1 (for the formulation Ἰ. Χρ. καὶ θεὸς πατήρ cp. Diod S 4, 11, 1: Heracles must obey τῷ Διὶ καὶ πατρί; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 35, 3 Λοξίας [=Apollo] καὶ Ζεὺς πατήρ); Phil 2:11; Col 3:17; 1 Th 1:1, 2 v.l.; 2 Pt 1:17; Jd 1; IEph ins a; ISm ins; IPol ins; MPol ins. ὁ θεὸς καὶ π. Js 1:27; Col 3:17 v.l.; MPol 22:1; ὁ κύριος καὶ π. Js 3:9.—Attributes are also ascribed to the πατήρ (Zoroaster acc. to Philo Bybl.: 790 Fgm. 4, 52 Jac. [in Eus., PE 1, 10, 52] God is π. εὐνομίας κ. δικαιοσύνης) ὁ πατὴρ τῆς δόξης Eph 1:17. πατὴρ ὕψιστος IRo ins. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ παντοκράτωρ MPol 19:2.—B. 103. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πατήρ

  • 10 ἐπί

    ἐπί: upon, on.—I. adv., thereon, on top, thereby, besides; esp. ἔπι = ἔπεστι or ἔπεισι, οὔ τοι ἔπι δϝέος, ‘thou hast nought to fear,’ Il. 1.515, Od. 8.563. Here belong all examples of ‘tmesis,’ ἐπὶ δ' αἴγειον κνῆ τῦρόν, grated ‘on,’ Il. 11.639, 640; the appropriate case of a subst. may specify the relation of the adv., ἐπὶ κνέφας ἤλυθε γαῖαν, darkness came ‘on’—over the earth, Il. 24.351 .—κρἔ ἔδων καὶ ἐπ' ἄκρητον γάλα πίνων, ‘on top’ of the meat, ‘besides,’ Od. 9.297 ; πρὸ μέν τ' ἄλλ, αὐτὰρ ἐπ ἄλλα, some before, some ‘after,’ Il. 13.799 ; ἐπὶ σκέπας ἦν ἀνέμοιο, ‘withal,’ Od. 5.443.—II. prep., (1) w. gen., local, of position, on, at, or direction, towards, for; and sometimes temporal; freq. ἐφ' ἵππων, ἐπὶ νηῶν; ἐπ ἀγροῦ, ‘in the country,’ ‘at the farm,’ Od. 1.190 ; ἐπ' ὄγμου, ‘at the swath,’ Il. 18.557 ; σῖγῇ ἐφ' ὗμείων, ‘by yourselves,’ Il. 7.195 ; ἐπὶ παιδὸς ἕπεσθαι, ‘along with,’ Od. 1.278; direction, νήσου ἔπι Ψυρίης, make ‘for’ the island, Od. 3.171, Il. 5.700; time, ἐπ' εἰρήνης, ἐπὶ προτέρων ἀνθρώπων, ‘in the time of,’ Il. 2.797, Il. 5.637.— (2) w. dat., of place, time, purpose, condition; νέμεσθαι ἐπὶ κρήνῃ, ‘at’ the spring, Od. 13.408 ; νῆα ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν | ὑψοῦ ἐπὶ ψαμαθοῖς, high ‘upon the sand,’ Il. 1.486 ; ἐπὶ Πατρόκλῳ τέτατο ὑσμίνη, ‘over Patroclus,’ Il. 17.543; so of charge or mastery, ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι, Il. 6.25; υἱὸν ἐπὶ κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι, ‘in charge of,’ ‘as master of,’ Il. 5.154 ; ἐπὶ ἴστορι πεῖρας ἑλέσθαι, ‘by,’ i. e. before a judge, Il. 18.501; freq. of hostile direction, ἧκε δ' ἐπ Ἀργείοισι βέλος, ‘at the Greeks,’ Il. 1.382; addition, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ, ‘pear upon pear,’ Od. 7.120, 216; of time, ἐπὶ νυκτί, ‘in the night,’ Il. 8.529 ; ἐπ' ἤματι, ‘a day long,’ Il. 19.229; ‘day by day,’ Od. 12.105 ; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε, ‘on this day,’ Il. 13.234; cause or purpose, γαστέρας ἐπὶ δόρπῳ κατθέμεθα, ‘for supper,’ Od. 18.44 ; ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ, Il. 23.574; ἐπὶ ῥηθέντι δικαίῳ, ‘at a just remark,’ Od. 18.414; condition or price, μισθῷ ἔπι ῥητῷ, Il. 21.445, Κ 3, Il. 9.602.— (3) w. acc., local, direction to or at (hostile), or extension, over; of purpose, for; and of time in extension, for, up to; ἕζεσθαι ἐπ' ἐρετμά, ‘take seats at the oars,’ Od. 12.171 ; ἐπὶ ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ‘to work,’ Il. 3.422 ; ὄρνυσθαι ἐπί τινα, ‘against,’ Il. 5.590 ; ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα, ‘extending over,’ Od. 11.577 ; πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους ἐκέκαστο, ‘the world over,’ Il. 24.535; so ἐπὶ γαῖαν, ἐπὶ πόντον; purpose, ἀναστῆναι ἐπὶ δόρπον, Il. 12.439; time, παννύχιον εὑδεῖν καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ, Od. 7.288; so ἐπὶ χρόνον, ‘for a time;’ ἐπὶ δϝηρόν, ‘for long.’

    A Homeric dictionary (Greek-English) (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ομηρικό λεξικό) > ἐπί

  • 11 τέκνον

    τέκνον, ου, τό (τίκτω ‘engender, bear’; Hom.+ ‘child’)
    ① an offspring of human parents, child
    ⓐ without ref. to sex Mt 10:21a (on the complete dissolution of family ties s. Lucian, Cal. 1; GrBar 4:17; ApcEsdr 3:14 p. 27, 23 Tdf.; Just., A I, 27, 3f; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 43, 25 [Job’s children]); Mk 13:12a; Lk 1:7; Ac 7:5; Rv 12:4. Pl. Mt 7:11; 10:21b; 18:25; 19:29; 22:24 (=σπέρμα, cp. Dt 25:5f, but σπ. and τ. are contrasted Ro 9:7); Mk 13:12b; Lk 1:17; 14:26; 1 Cor 7:14 (on the baptism of children s. HWood, EncRelEth II 392ff; JLeipoldt, D. urchr. Taufe 1928, 73–78; AOepke, LIhmels Festschr. 1928, 84–100, ZNW 29, 1930, 81–111 [against him HWindisch, ZNW 28, 1929, 118–42]; JJeremias, Hat d. Urkirche d. Kindertaufe geübt? ’38; 2d ed. ’49; Die Kindert. in d. ersten 4 Jhdtn. ’58; revisited D. Anfänge d. Kindert. ’62; s. also ZNW 40, ’42, 243–45. KAl-and, D. Saülingst. im NT u. in d. alten Kirche ’62, 2d ed. ’63; Die Stellung d. Kinder in d. frühe christl. Gemeinden, und ihre Taufe ’67. KBarth, Z. kirchl. Lehre v. d. Taufe2 ’43; D. Taufe als Begründung d. christlichen Lebens in Kirchliche Dogmatik IV, 4, ’67; for discussion of Barth’s views, s. EJüngel, K. Barths Lehre v. d. Taufe ’68; KViering (ed.), Zu K. Barth’s Lehre v. d. Taufe ’71; K. Aland, Taufe u. Kindertaufe ’71; HHubert, D. Streit um d. Kindertaufe, ’72. FFr̓vig, TTK 11, ’40, 124–31; EMolland, NorTT 43, ’42, 1–23; F-JLeenhardt, Le Baptème chrétien ’46; OCullmann, D. Tauflehre d. NT ’48; P-HMenoud, Verbum Caro 2, ’48, 15–26; HSchlier, TLZ 72, ’47, 321–26; GFleming, Baptism in the NT ’49; GBeasley-Murray, Baptism in the New Testament ’62; WKümmel, TRu 18, ’50, 32–47; GDelling, D. Taufe im NT ’63; EDinkler, Die Taufaussagen d. NT ’71 [in: KViering, s. above, 60–153]; JDidier, Le baptême des enfants ’59; HKraft, Texte z. Gesch. d. Taufe bes. d. Kindert. i. d. alten Kirche, Kl. T. no. 174, 2d ed. ’69); 2 Cor 12:14ab (simile); 1 Th 2:7 (simile), 11 (simile); 1 Ti 3:4, 12; 5:4 al. In the table of household duties (s. MDibelius Hdb. exc. after Col 4:1; KWeidinger, Die Haustafeln 1928) Eph 6:1 (τὰ τέκνα voc.), 4; Col 3:20 (τὰ τ. voc.), 21. In the case of φονεῖς τέκνων B 20:2; D 5:2, what follows shows that murders of their own children are meant.—The unborn fetus is also called τέκνον B 19:5; D 2:2 (like παιδίον: Hippocr., π. σαρκ. 6 vol. VIII 592 L. On Jesus’ attitude toward children, cp. JKalogerakos, Aristoteles’ Bild von der Frau: ΠΛΑΤΩΝ 46, ’94, 159–83, esp. p. 174 and notes [cp. Aristot., EN 1161b].).
    ⓑ The sex of the child can be made clear by the context, son (Herodian 7, 10, 7; PGen 74, 1ff; PAmh 136, 1f; POxy 930, 18; Jos., Ant. 14, 196; Just., D. 56, 5; 134, 4) Mt 21:28a; Phil 2:22 (simile); Rv 12:5; GJs 22;3. The voc. τέκνον as an affectionate address to a son Mt 21:28b; Lk 2:48; 15:31. In a more general sense the pl. is used for
    ② descendants from a common ancestor, descendants, posterity Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15).—27:25; Ac 2:39; 13:33. A rich man is addressed by his ancestor Abraham as τέκνον Lk 16:25. τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκός the physical descendants Ro 9:8a.
    ③ one who is dear to another but without genetic relationship and without distinction in age, child
    ⓐ in the voc. gener. as a form of familiar address my child, my son (Herodian 1, 6, 4; ParJer 5:30; Achilles Tat. 8, 4, 3. Directed to fully grown persons, Vi. Aesopi G 60 P., where a peasant addresses Aesop in this way) Mt 9:2; Mk 2:5.
    ⓑ of a spiritual child in relation to master, apostle, or teacher (PGM 4, 475.—Eunap. p. 70 the sophist applies this term to his students) 2 Ti 1:2; Phlm 10. τέκνον ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 4:17. τέκ. ἐν πίστει 1 Ti 1:2. τέκ. κατὰ κοινὴν πίστιν Tit 1:4. Pl. 1 Cor 4:14; 2 Cor 6:13; 3J 4. In direct address (voc.): sing. (on dir. address in the sing. cp. Sir 2:1 and oft.; Herm. Wr. 13, 2ab; PGM 13, 226; 233; 742; 755.—S. also Norden, Agn. Th. 290f; Boll 138f): 1 Ti 1:18; 2 Ti 2:1; D 3:1, 3–6; 4:1. Pl.: Mk 10:24; B 15:4.—1 Cl 22:1 understands the τέκνα of Ps 33:12 as a word of Christ to Christians. Cp. B 9:3. The address in Gal 4:19 is intended metaphorically for children for whom Paul is once more undergoing the pains of childbirth.—The adherents of false teachers are also called their τέκνα Rv 2:23.
    ⓒ of the members of a congregation 2J 1; 4; 13. In Hermas the venerable lady, who embodies the Christian communities, addresses the believers as τέκνα Hv 3, 9, 1. In Gal 4:31 οὐκ ἐσμὲν παιδίσκης τέκνα ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας posts a dramatic image = ‘we belong not to a community dependent on the rules of Sinai, but to one that adheres to the promises made to Abraham’.
    ④ one who has the characteristics of another being, child
    ⓐ of those who exhibit virtues of ancient worthies: children of Abraham Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8; J 8:39; Ro 9:7. True Christian women are children of Sarah 1 Pt 3:6.
    ⓑ of those who exhibit characteristics of transcendent entities: the believers are (τὰ) τέκνα (τοῦ) θεοῦ (cp. Is 63:8; Wsd 16:21; SibOr 5, 202; Just., D. 123, 9; 124, 1. On the subj. matter s. HHoltzmann, Ntl. Theologie I2 1911, 54; Bousset, Rel.3 377f; ADieterich, Mithrasliturgie 1903, 141ff; Hdb. on J 1:12; WGrundmann, Die Gotteskindschaft in d. Gesch. Jesu u. ihre relgesch. Voraussetzungen ’38; WTwisselmann, D. Gotteskindsch. der Christen nach dem NT ’39; SLegasse, Jésus et L’enfant [synopt.], ’69), in Paul as those adopted by God Ro 8:16f, 21; 9:7, 8b (opp. σπέρμα); Phil 2:15, s. also Eph 5:1; in John as those begotten by God J 1:12; 11:52; 1J 3:1f, 10a; 5:2. Corresp. τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1J 3:10b (on this subj. s. Hdb. on J 8:44).—Cp. Ac 17:28, where the idea of kinship w. deity is complex because of semantic components not shared by polytheists and those within Israelite tradition.—Cp. 6 below.
    ⑤ inhabitants of a city, children, an Hebraistic expression (Rdm.2 p. 28; Mlt-H. 441; s. Jo 2:23; Zech 9:13; Bar 4:19, 21, 25 al.; 1 Macc 1:38; PsSol 11:2) Mt 23:37; Lk 13:34; 19:44; Gal 4:25.
    ⑥ a class of persons with a specific characteristic, children of. τ. is used w. abstract terms (for this Hebraism s. prec.; ἀνάγκης, ἀγνοίας Just., A I, 61, 10) τέκνα ἀγάπης B 9:7; ἀγ. καὶ εἰρήνης 21:9 (ἀγάπη 1bα). εὐφροσύνης 7:1 (s. εὐφροσύνη). δικαιοσύνης AcPlCor 2:19. κατάρας 2 Pt 2:14 (s. κατάρα). ὀργῆς Eph 2:3; AcPlCor 2:19. ὑπακοῆς 1 Pt 1:14. φωτός Eph 5:8; cp. IPhld 2:1. On the ‘children of wisdom’, i.e. those who attach themselves to her and let themselves be led by her Mt 11:19 v.l.; Lk 7:35 s. δικαιόω 2bα. Cp. 4b above.—Billerbeck I 219f, 371–74; BHHW II 947–49; III 1935–37.—DELG s.v. τίκτω. Frisk. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > τέκνον

  • 12 potestas

    pŏtestas, ātis ( gen. plur. potestatium, Sen. Ep. 115, 7; Plin. 29, 4, 20, § 67), f. [possum].
    I.
    Lit., in gen., ability, power of doing any thing (class.):

    SI FVRIOSVS EST AGNATORVM GENTILIVMQVE IN EO PECVNIAQVE EIVS POTESTAS ESTO, Fragm. XII. Tabularum: vim tantam in se et potestatem habere tantae astutiae,

    to have such a power of craftiness, to be able to devise such tricks, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 32:

    aut potestas defuit aut facultas aut voluntas,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 7, 24:

    habere potestatem vitae necisque in aliquem,

    id. Dom. 29, 77; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 3, § 11:

    potestatem alicui deferre beneficiorum tribuendorum,

    id. Balb. 16, 37. — Poet., with inf.:

    potestas occurrere telis... ensem avellere dextrā,

    Stat. Th. 3, 296; Luc. 2, 40.—
    B.
    In phrases.
    1.
    Esse in potestate alicujus, to be in one's power, under one's control, to be subject to (for a description of the relation of potestas under the Roman law, and of the classes of persons to whom it applied, v. Gai. Inst. 1, 49 sqq.):

    mittuntur legati, qui nuntient, ut sit in senatūs populique Romani potestate,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 2, 4:

    esse in dicione ac potestate alicujus,

    id. Quint. 2, 6: habere familiam in potestate, to keep them slaves, not to free them, Liv. 8, 15.—
    2.
    Esse in suā potestate, to be one's own master, Nep. Att. 6, 1; so,

    esse suae potestatis,

    Liv. 31, 45.—
    3.
    Jus potestatemque habere imperandi, Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 30; cf.:

    cum consulis eā de re jus ac potestatem esse dixisset,

    had jurisdiction and authority over it, Liv. 24, 39.—
    4.
    Est mea (tua, etc.) potestas, I have the power, I can, Cic. Att. 2, 5, 1; Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 42; cf.:

    sed volui meam potestatem esse vel petendi, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 4, 2, 6.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Political power, dominion, rule, empire, sovereignty (syn.:

    imperium, dicio): Thessaliam in potestatem Thebanorum redigere,

    Nep. Pelop. 5, 1; Liv. 24, 31; so,

    sub potestatem Atheniensium redigere,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 4:

    esse in potestate alicujus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 54, § 136:

    tenere aliquem in suā potestate ac dicione,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 38, §

    97: venire in arbitrium ac potestatem alicujus,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 57, § 150.—
    B.
    Magisterial power, authority, office, magistracy (syn.:

    magistratus, auctoritas): potestas praetoria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 69:

    qui togatus in re publicā cum potestate imperioque versatus sit,

    id. Phil. 1, 7, 18:

    modo ut bonā ratione emerit, nihil pro potestate, nihil ab invito,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 5, § 10:

    cum potestate aut legatione in provinciam proficisci,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 5, § 9; id. Clu. 27, 74:

    censores dederunt operam, ut ita potestatem gererent, ut, etc.,

    so to administer the office, id. Verr. 2, 2, 55, § 138; id. Agr. 2, 6, 14.—In plur.:

    imperia, potestates, legationes,

    id. Leg. 3, 3, 9:

    in potestatibus gerendis,

    Auct. Her. 3, 7, 14.—
    b.
    Transf.
    (α).
    A person in office, a public officer, magistrate:

    a magistratu aut ab aliquā potestate legitimā evocatus,

    by some lawful authority, Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74:

    mavis Fidenarum esse potestas,

    Juv. 10, 100.—
    (β).
    A ruler, supreme monarch:

    hominum rerumque aeterna potestas,

    i. e. Jupiter, Verg. A. 10, 18:

    nihil est quod credere de se Non possit, cum laudatur dis aequa potestas,

    Juv. 4, 71 (v. context): potestates, = archai, the highest magistrates, Plin. 9, 8, 8, § 26; Suet. Ner. 36; Amm. 31, 12, 5:

    celsae potestates,

    officers of state, id. 14, 1, 10:

    jurisdictionem potestatibus per provincias demandare,

    Suet. Claud. 23.—
    C.
    Esp., legal power, right over or to a thing (class.):

    potestatis verbo plura significantur: in personā magistratuum imperium, in personā liberorum patria potestas, in personā servi dominium: at cum agimus de noxae deditione cum eo, qui servum non defendit, praesentis corporis copiam facultatemque significamus. Ex lege Atiniā in potestatem domini rem furtivam venisse videri, et si ejus vindicandae potestatem habuerit, Sabinus et Cassius aiunt,

    Dig. 50, 16, 215.—
    D.
    Of inanimate things, power, force, efficacy, effect, operation, virtue, value:

    potestates colorum,

    Vitr. 7, 14:

    potestates visque herbarum,

    Verg. A. 12, 396; Plin. 25, 2, 5, § 9:

    pecuniarum,

    value, Dig. 13, 4, 3:

    haec potestatibus praesentibus dijudicanda sunt,

    circumstances, state of things, Gell. 1, 3, 24:

    actionum vis et potestas,

    Dig. 9, 4, 1:

    quaternarius numerus suis partibus complet decadis ipsius potestatem (because the first four integers, taken together, = 10),

    compass, fulness, Mart. Cap. 2, § 106:

    plumbi potestas,

    nature, quality, properties, Lucr. 5, 1242:

    naturalis,

    Vitr. 9, 4.—
    E.
    Of a word, meaning, signification (syn.:

    vis, significatio),

    Gell. 10, 29, 1; Auct. Her. 4, 54, 67; Sen. Ben. 2, 34, 4.—
    F.
    Math. t. t., = dunamis, the square root, Mart. Cap. 2, § 106.—
    III.
    Trop.
    A.
    Power, control, command (class.): dum ex tanto gaudio in potestatem nostram redeamus, recover our self-control, come to ourselves, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3, 14:

    exisse ex potestate dicimus eos, qui effrenati feruntur aut libidine, aut iracundiā,

    to have lost the control of their reason, to be out of their minds, Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11; cf.:

    qui exisse ex potestate dicuntur, idcirco dicuntur, quia non sunt in potestate mentis, cui regnum totius animi a natura tributum est,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 11; cf. also id. ib. 4, 36, 77:

    postquam ad te cum omnium rerum tum etiam tui potestatem di transtulerint,

    Plin. Pan. 56, 3.—
    B.
    Power, ability, possibility, opportunity (class.; cf.:

    copia, facultas): ubi mihi potestas primum evenit,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 2, 18:

    liberius vivendi,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 25:

    ut primum potestas data est augendae dignitatis tuae,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 13, 1: quoties mihi certorum hominum potestas erit (al. facultas), whenever I find men on whom I can rely, id. ib. 1, 7, 1: facere potestatem, to give opportunity, leave, permission:

    si quid de his rebus dicere vellet, feci potestatem,

    id. Cat. 3, 5, 11:

    quae potestas si mihi saepius fiet, utar,

    shall present itself, id. Phil. 1, 15, 38:

    alicui potestatem optionemque facere, ut, etc.,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    facio tibi interpellandi potestatem,

    id. Rosc. Am. 27, 73:

    ego instare, omnium mihi tabularum et litterarum fieri potestatem oportere,

    must be allowed the use of, id. Verr. 2, 4, 66, § 149: potestatem sui facere, to allow others to see or have access to one, to give an opportunity of conversing with one:

    cum neque praetores diebus aliquot adiri possent vel potestatem sui facerent,

    allowed themselves to be spoken to, id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 15:

    facere omnibus conveniendi sui potestatem,

    to admit to an audience, id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:

    qui potestatem sui non habuissent,

    who had not been able to speak with him, Suet. Tib. 34:

    potestatem sui facere,

    to give an opportunity of fighting with one, Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Nep. Ages. 3, 3.— Poet., with inf.:

    non fugis hinc praeceps, dum praecipitare potestas,

    Verg. A. 4, 565:

    nunc flere potestas est,

    Luc. 2, 40:

    soli cui tanta potestas meis occurrere telis,

    Stat. Th. 3, 296.—
    IV.
    In eccl. Lat.:

    potestates,

    angels, angelic powers, authorities in the spiritual world, Vulg. Ephes. 6, 12; id. 1 Pet. 3, 22; sing., id. 1 Cor. 15, 24.—
    V.
    Personified, a daughter of Pallas and Styx, Hyg. Fab. prooem.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > potestas

  • 13 πρό

    πρό: before, forward, forth.—I. adv., ( κύματα) πρὸ μέν τ' ἄλλ, αὐτὰρ ἐπ ἄλλα, some ‘before,’ others after, Il. 13.799, cf. 800; πρὸ γὰρ ἧκε, sent ‘forth,’ Il. 1.195 ; Ἰλιόθι πρό, οὐρανόθι πρό, ‘before Ilium,’ ‘athwart the sky’ (at Ilium, in the sky, ‘in front’), Il. 3.3; of time, ἠῶθι πρό, in the morning ‘early’; πρό τ' ἐόντα, ‘things past’; πρό οἱ εἴπομεν, ‘beforehand,’ Il. 1.70, Od. 1.37; a subst. in the gen. may specify the relation of the adv., πρὸ δ' ἀῤ οὐρῆες κίον αὐτῶν (gen. of comparison), Il. 23.115.—II. prep. w. gen., (1) of space, πρὸ πυλάων, πρὸ ἄνακτος, before the gates, in the presence of the master, Il. 24.734 ; πρὸ ὁδοῦ, well forward on the way, Il. 4.382.— (2) of time, Od. 15.524, Il. 10.224.— (3) fig., in behalf of, for; μάχεσθαι, ὀλέσθαι πρὸ πόληος (pro patria mori), Il. 22.110; causal, πρὸ φόβοιο, for, Il. 17.667.

    A Homeric dictionary (Greek-English) (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ομηρικό λεξικό) > πρό

  • 14 κύριος

    1
    I. κύριος, ία, ιον(Pind. et al.; ins, pap) comp. κυριώτερος (Just., A II, 13, 3); superl. κυριώτατος (Just., D. 11, 2); adv. κυρίως. The primary mng. relates to possession of power or authority, in various senses: ‘strong, authoritative, valid, ruling’; then to that which is preeminently important principal, essential (Aeschyl. et al.; 4 Macc 1:19; Jos., Ant. 20, 41, C. Ap. 1, 19; 2, 177; Just.; Ath. 22:2) τὸ δὲ κυριώτερον but what is more important IMg 1:2 (cp. Diog. L. 4, 26 ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ=quite definitely).—DELG.
    2
    II. κύριος, ου, ὁ (the masc. form of the subst. adj. κύριος [s. I], Aeschyl.+; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385 [=ὁ τὸ κῦρος ἔχων]; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr.; Philo, Joseph., apolog.; loanw. in rabb. For the corresp. fem. s. κυρία.) gener. ‘lord, master’.
    ① one who is in charge by virtue of possession, owner (X., Symp. 6, 1; Diod S 4, 15, 3; 14, 7, 6; ins, pap, LXX) κ. πάντων Gal 4:1 (Diod S 33, 7, 1; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 13 p. 12, 10 of one who has come of age and controls his own property).
    ⓐ of things w. impers. obj. κ. τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος owner of the vineyard (cp. SIG 742, 6 κ. τῆς χώρας) Mt 20:8; 21:40; Mk 12:9; Lk 20:13, 15; ὁ κ. τῆς οἰκίας the master of the house (Ex 22:7; SIG 1215, 28; PTebt 5, 147 [118 B.C.] τοὺς κ. τῶν οἰκιῶν) Mk 13:35. Of a πῶλος: οἱ κ. αὐτοῦ its owners (PHib 34, 3 a span of oxen; Ex 21:29 [αὐτοῦ=τοῦ ταύρου]) Lk 19:33 (ASouter, Exp. 8th ser., 8, 1914, 94f, in connection w. the pl. here and Ac 16:16, 19 thinks of the owners as man and wife; the pl. οἱ κύριοι has this mng. Diod S 34 + 35, Fgm. 2, 10 and 2, 37: a married couple who are slave-owners. On the other hand in the Syntipas collection of Aesop’s Fables 16 p. 534 P. οἱ κύριοι of a dog are a number of metalworkers. On Hebr. background for possible understanding of the pl. in the sing. sense ‘owner’, s. RButh, JBL 104, ’86, 680–85.). The mng. owner easily passes into that of lord, master, one who has full control of someth. (Diod S 5, 42, 5 θανάτου κύριοι=lords over [life and] death; 10, 17, 1 and 2 κ. τοῦ σώματος=master of one’s own body; Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 11, 10 ὁ κ. τῆς ζωῆς; PsSol 2:29 κ. γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 67; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 200) ὁ κ. τοῦ θερισμοῦ the Lord of the harvest (Jos., Ant.4, 227 κύριος ἔστω τὰ φυτὰ καρποῦσθαι) Mt 9:38; Lk 10:2. κ. τοῦ σαββάτου Lord of the Sabbath Mt 12:8; Mk 2:28; Lk 6:5.
    ⓑ w. a personal obj.: opp. δοῦλος J 13:16; foll. by gen. of pers. (cp. Judg 19:11; Gen 24:36; TestSol 22:5; TestJob 7:9; TestGad 4:4; JosAs 4:14) Mt 10:24f; 18:31f; 24:48; Lk 12:36. ὁ κ. τοῦ δούλου Lk 12:46. Abs., though the sense is unmistakable (Diod S 8, 5, 3; ApcEsdr 3:14 p. 27, 27f Tdf.) 12:37, 42b; 14:23; J 15:15; cp. Ro 14:4a; Eph 6:9a; Col 4:1. Several masters of the same slave (Billerb. I 430.—TestJos 14:2): δυσὶν κυρίοις δουλεύειν Mt 6:24; Ac 16:16, 19 (s. Souter under a above). κατὰ σάρκα designates more definitely the sphere in which the service-relation holds true οἱ κατὰ σάρκα κ. Eph 6:5; Col 3:22. As a form of address used by slaves κύριε Mt 13:27; 25:20, 22, 24; Lk 13:8; 14:22; 19:16, 18, 20, 25.
    ② one who is in a position of authority, lord, master
    ⓐ of earthly beings, as a designation of any pers. of high position: of husband in contrast to wife 1 Pt 3:6 (Gen 18:12; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 15 [Stone p. 38]; ApcMos 2. cp. Plut., De Virt. Mul. 15 p. 252b; SIG 1189, 7; 1190, 5; 1234, 1); of a father by his son Mt 21:29 (cp. BGU 423, 2 Ἀπίων Ἐπιμάχῳ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ; 818, 1; 28; Gen 31:35; by his daughter TestJob 46:2; JosAs 4:5); of an official in high position, by those who have dealings with him (cp. PFay 106, 15; 129, 1; 134, 2; BGU 648, 16) Mt 27:63. As a form of address to respected pers. gener.; here, as elsewhere, = our sir (as Mod. Gk.) Mt 25:11; J 12:21; 20:15 (but s. NWyatt, ZNW 81, ’90, 38); Ac 16:30; Rv 7:14 (cp. Epict. 3, 23, 11; 19; Gen 23:6; 44:18; TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 33 [Stone p. 4]; JosAs 7:8 al.). The distinctive Gr-Rom. view of ‘deified’ rulers requires treatment under 2bβ.
    ⓑ of transcendent beings
    α. as a designation of God (for this custom, which has its roots in the Orient, s. the references in Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 95–98; Dssm., LO 298f [LAE 353ff]; s. also SEG XXXVI, 350 and add. ins cited by DZeller, DDD 918f; LXX (where it freq. replaces the name Yahweh in the Mt); pseudepigr.; Philo, Just.; Hippol. Ref. 8, 17, 1; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 35, 6.—FDoppler, D. Wort ‘Herr’ als Göttername im Griech.: Opusc. philol. v. kath. akad. Philologenverein in Wien I 1926, 42–47; MParca, ASP 31, ’91, 51 [lit.]) ὁ κ. Mt 5:33; Mk 5:19; Lk 1:6, 9, 28, 46; 2:15, 22; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 7:33; 8:24; Eph 6:7 (perh. w. ref. to Christ); 2 Th 3:3; 2 Ti 1:16, 18; Hb 8:2; Js 1:7; 4:15. Without the art. (on the inclusion or omission of the art. s. BWeiss [θεός, beg.]; B-D-F §254, 1; Mlt-Turner 174), like a personal name (οὐδένα κύριον ὀνομνάζουσι πλὴν τὸν θεόν Hippol. Ref. 9, 26, 2) Mt 27:10; Mk 13:20; Lk 1:17, 58; Ac 7:49; Hb 7:21 (Ps 109:4); 12:6 (Pr 3:12); 2 Pt 2:9; Jd 5 (θεὸς Χριστός P72); 9. ἄγγελος κυρίου (LXX, TestSol, GrBar et al.) Mt 1:20, 24; 2:13, 19; 28:2; Lk 1:11; 2:9a; J 5:3 v.l.; Ac 5:19; 7:30 v.l.; 8:26; 12:7, 23. δόξα κυρίου (Is 40:5; PsSol 5:19; 7:31; TestLevi 8:11; ApcMos 37) Lk 2:9b; δούλη κ. 1:38; ἡμέρα κ. Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); νόμος κ. Lk 2:23f, 39; τὸ ὄνομα κ. Mt 21:9 (Ps 117:26; PsSol 6:1 al.); Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); πνεῦμα κ. Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39; τὸ ῥῆμα κ. 1 Pt 1:25 (Gen 15:1 al.); φωνὴ κ. (Gen 3:8 al.); Ac 7:31; χεὶρ κ. (Ex 9:3 al.; TestJob 26:4; ApcMos prol.) Lk 1:66. ὁ Χριστὸς κυρίου 2:26 (PsSol 17:32 [Χριστὸς κύριος, s. app.]).—W. the sphere of his lordship more definitely expressed (Diod S 3, 61, 5 Zeus is κ. τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; 6 θεὸς καὶ κ. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; Jos., Ant. 20, 90 τῶν πάντων κ.; Just., D. 127, 2 κ. τῶν πάντων) κ. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς (PGM 4, 640f; ParJer 5:32 [Harris]) Mt 11:25; Lk 10:21; cp. Ac 17:24. κ. τῶν κυριευόντων Lord of lords 1 Ti 6:15. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1:14; 2 Pt 3:15; Rv 11:15 (LXX; PsSol 10:5). Cp. 22:6 (s. Num 16:22; 27:16). κ. ὁ θεός Lk 1:32; Rv 1:8; with μου (σου, etc.) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16), 10 (Dt 6:13); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29f (Dt 6:4f); Lk 1:16 al. κ. ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1:68 (PsSol 16:3; TestSol 1:13). κ. ὁ θεὸς (ἡμῶν) ὁ παντοκράτωρ God, the (our) Lord, the Almighty Rv 4:8; 15:3; 16:7; 19:6; 21:22 (TestSol D 4:7; cp. ParJer 9:6). κ. Σαβαώθ Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9; TestSol 1:6 al.; Just., D. 64, 2); Js 5:4.—W. prep. ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου Lk 1:15 (Ex 23:17; 1 Km 1:25 al.; TestJob 15:6 al.; TestReub 1:9 al.). παρὰ κυρίου Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). παρὰ κυρίῳ 2 Pt 3:8. πρὸς τὸν κύριον Hs 9, 12, 6 (LXX; PsSol 1:1 al.).
    β. Closely connected w. the custom of applying the term κ. to deities is that of honoring (deified) rulers with the same title (exx. [2bα beg.] in Ltzm., op. cit.; Bousset 93; Dssm., 299ff [LAE 356]; FKattenbusch, Das apostol. Symbol II 1900, 605ff; KPrümm, Herrscherkult u. NT: Biblica 9, 1928, 3–25; 119–40; 289–301; JFears, RAC XIV, 1047–93; JvanHenten, 1341–52 [lit.]; cp. the attitude of the Lacedaemonians: φοβούμενοι τὸν ἕνα κ. αὐτῶν τὸν Λυκούργου νόμον=‘respecting their one and only lord, the law of Lycurgus’ Orig., C. Cels. 8, 6, 12). Fr. the time of Claudius (POxy. 37, 6; O. Wilck II 1038, 6) we find the Rom. emperors so designated in increasing measure; in isolated cases, even earlier (OGI 606, 1; on Augustus’ attitude s. DioCass. 51, 7f). Ac 25:26.—On deified rulers in gener. s. LCerfaux-JTondriau, Un concurrent du Christianisme: le culte des souverains dans la civilisation gréco-romaine ’57; FTaeger, Charisma, 2 vols. ’57–60; DRoloff, Göttlichkeit, Vergöttlichung und Erhöhung zu seligem Leben, ’70. S. esp. the collection of articles and reviews by various scholars, in Römischer Kaiserkult, ed. AWlosok ’78.
    γ. κύριος is also used in ref. to Jesus:
    א. in OT quotations, where it is understood of the Lord of the new community ἡ ὁδὸς κ. (Is 40:3) Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4; J 1:23. εἶπεν κύριος τ. κυρίῳ μου (Ps 109:1: the first κ. is God, the second Christ; s. Billerb. IV 452–65: Der 110. Ps. in d. altrabb. Lit.; βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν χριστὸς κ. [or κυρίου; s. 2bα] PsSol 17:32) Mt 22:44 (cp. vss. 43, 45); Mk 12:36 (cp. vs. 37); Lk 20:42 (cp. vs. 44); Ac 2:34. ὁ καυχώμενος ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Cor 1:31 (cp. Jer 9:22f). τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου Ro 10:13 (cp. Jo 3:5). σὺ κατʼ ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας Hb 1:10 (cp. Ps 101:26). εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος 1 Pt 2:3 (cp. Ps 33:9). 1 Pt 3:15 adds Χριστόν to κύριον ἁγιάσατε Is 8:13.
    ב. Apart from OT quots., Mt and Mk speak of Jesus as κύριος only in one pass. (words of Jesus himself) Mk 11:3=Mt 21:3 (but s. RBratcher, ET 64, ’52/53, 93; New Docs 1, 43; JDerrett, NovT 13, ’71, 241–58 on the public transport system; cp. Lk 19:31, 34), but they record that he was addressed as ‘Lord’ (κύριε), once in Mk (7:28) and more oft. in Mt, e.g. 8:2, 6, 8, 21, 25; 9:28; 14:28, 30; 15:22, 25, 27; 16:22 (also ApcSed 12:2).—Lk refers to Jesus much more frequently as ὁ κ. (Iren. 1, prol. 2 [Harv. I 4, 5] and 5, 26, 2 [Harv. II 396, 2]): 7:13; 10:1, 39 (Ἰησοῦ P75; τοῦ Ἰησοῦ P45 et al.), 41; 11:39; 12:42a; 13:15; 17:5f; 18:6; 19:8 al. The voc. κύριε is also found oft.: 5:8, 12; 9:54, 61; 10:17, 40; 11:1; 12:41 al.—In J the designation ὁ κ. occurs rarely, in the first 19 chapters only in passages that are text-critically uncertain (4:1 v.l.; 6:23, with omission in some mss.) or that have been suspected on other grounds (11:2); then 20:2, 18, 20, 25; cp. vss. 13, 28; 21:7ab, 12. On the other hand, κύριε in address is extraordinarily common throughout the whole book: 4:11, 15, 19, 49; 5:7; 6:34, 68 al. (more than 30 times).—In the long ending of Mk we have the designation ὁ κ. twice, 16:19, 20. In GPt ὁ κ. occurs 1:2; 2:3ab; 3:6, 8; 4:10; 5:19; 6:21, 24; 12:50ab; 14:59, 60 (in the last pass. without the art.); the fragment that has been preserved hardly affords any opportunity for the use of the voc. 2 Cl introduces apocryphal sayings of Jesus with λέγει ὁ κ. 5:2; λ. ὁ κ. ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ 8:5.—Repeated κύριε, κύριε Mt 7:21f; Lk 6:46; 2 Cl 4:2 (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 26 [Stone p. 20]; ApcMos 25 p. 14, 1 Tdf.; s. KKöhler, StKr 88, 1915, 471–90).
    ג. Even in the passages already mentioned the use of the word κ. raises Jesus above the human level (Mani is also κ. for his people: Kephal. I 183, 11; 13; 16); this tendency becomes even clearer in the following places: ὁ κύριος Ac 5:14; 9:10f, 42; 11:23f; 22:10b; Ro 12:11; 14:8; 1 Cor 6:13f, 17; 7:10, 12; 2 Cor 5:6, 8; Gal 1:19; Col 1:10; 1 Th 4:15b; 2 Th 3:1; Hb 2:3; Js 5:7f; B 5:5; IEph 10:3; AcPl Ha 6, 21; 7, 5; 27; 8, 2; AcPlCor 1:6, 14.—Without the art. 1 Cor 4:4; 7:22b; 10:21ab; 2 Cor 12:1; 1 Th 4:15a; 2 Ti 2:24; AcPlCor 1:8. So esp. in combinations w. preps.: ἀπὸ κυρίου Col 3:24. κατὰ κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. παρὰ κυρίου Eph 6:8. πρὸς κύριον 2 Cor 3:16; AcPl Ha 6, 9. πρὸς τὸν κ. 8, 23. σὺν κυρίῳ 1 Th 4:17b. ὑπὸ κυρίου 1 Cor 7:25b; 2 Th 2:13. Esp. freq. is the Pauline formula ἐν κυρίῳ (lit. on ἐν 4c), which appears outside Paul’s letters only Rv 14:13; IPol 8:3; AcPl Ha 3, 23; AcPlCor 1:1, 16 (cp. Pol 1:1 ἐν κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστῷ): 1 Cor 11:11; Phlm 16; πιστὸς ἐν κ. 1 Cor 4:17; cp. Eph 6:21; Hm 4, 1, 4; φῶς ἐν κ. Eph 5:8. ἡ σφραγίς μου τ. ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κ. 1 Cor 9:2. W. verbs: ἀσπάζεσθαι Ro 16:22 (GBahr, CBQ 28, ’66, 465f renders: in the service of my master, i.e. Paul); 1 Cor 16:19. ἐνδυναμοῦσθαι Eph 6:10. καλεῖσθαι 1 Cor 7:22a. καυχᾶσθαι 1:31. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12ab; μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. παραλαμβάνειν διακονίαν Col 4:17. πεποιθέναι εἴς τινα Gal 5:10. ἐπί τινα 2 Th 3:4; cp. Phil 1:14; 2:24. προί̈στασθαι 1 Th 5:12. προσδέχεσθαι Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. στήκειν 4:1; 1 Th 3:8. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν κ. 2 Cor 2:12.—W. διδάσκαλος J 13:13f. W. σωτήρ 2 Pt 3:2; cp. 1:11; 2:20 (Just., D. 39, 2). W. Χριστός Ac 2:36; cp. Χριστὸς κύριος (La 4:20; PsSol 17, 32 v.l. [GBeale, Christos Kyrios in PsSol 17:32—‘The Lord’s Anointed’ Reconsidered: NTS 31, ’85, 620–27]; PsSol 18 ins) Lk 2:11. ὁ κ. Χριστός AcPlCor 2:3. Esp. freq. are the formulas ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Ac 1:21; 4:33; 8:16; 11:20; 15:11; 16:31; 19:5, 13, 17; 20:24, 35; 21:13; 1 Cor 11:23; 16:23; 2 Cor 4:14; 11:31; Gal 6:17 v.l.; Eph 1:15; 1 Th 2:15; 4:2; 2 Th 1:7; 2:8; Phlm 5.—ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 11:17; 28:31; Ro 13:14; 2 Cor 13:13; Phil 4:23; 2 Th 3:6; Phlm 25; 1 Cl 21:6 (Ar. 15, 1). Without the art. mostly in introductions to letters Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; 6:23; Phil 1:2; 3:20; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2, 12b; 1 Ti 5:21 v.l.; Js 1:1; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς κ. 2 Cor 4:5; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. Col 2:6. Χριστὸς ὁ κ. 2 Cl 9:5. In an appeal κύριε Ἰησοῦ (cp. Sb 8316, 5f κύριε Σάραπι; PGM 7, 331 κύριε Ἄνουβι) Ac 7:59; Rv 22:20. κύριε AcPl Ha 7:30f, 40.—W. gen. of pers. (in many places the mss. vary considerably in adding or omitting this gen.) ὁ κ. μου ISm 5:2. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 2 Ti 1:8; Hb 7:14; IPhld ins; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Ac 20:21; 1 Cor 5:4; 2 Cor 1:14; 1 Th 2:19; 3:11, 13; 2 Th 1:8; Hb 13:20. Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1 Cor 9:1. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ro 16:18 (the only pass. in Paul without Ἰησοῦς). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 15:26; Ro 5:1, 11; 15:6, 30; 1 Cor 1:2, 7f, 10; 6:11 v.l.; 15:57; 2 Cor 1:3; 8:9; Gal 6:14, 18; Eph 1:3; 5:20; 6:24; Col 1:3; 1 Th 1:3; 5:9, 23, 28; 2 Th 2:1, 14, 16; 3:18; 1 Ti 6:3, 14; Js 2:1; 1 Pt 1:3; 2 Pt 1:8, 14, 16; Jd 4, 17, 21 (also TestSol 1:12 D). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ἰησοῦς AcPlCor 2:5; cp. AcPl Ha 8, 17=Ox 1602, 20f/BMM recto 22. Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 1:4; 5:21; 7:25; 1 Cor 1:9; Jd 25 (Just., D. 41, 4). (ὁ) Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 6:11 v.l., 23; 8:39; 1 Cor 15:31; Eph 3:11; 1 Ti 1:2, 12; 2 Ti 1:2 (ὁ ἡμέτερος κ. Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς Just., D. 32, 3 and 47, 5 al.). Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. μου Phil 3:8. ὁ κ. μου Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς AcPl Ha 7, 29. ὁ κ. αὐτῶν Rv 11:8.—W. other genitives: πάντων κ. Lord over all (cp. Pind., I. 5, 53 Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κ.; Plut., Mor. 355e Osiris; PGM 13, 202) Ac 10:36; Ro 10:12. κ. κυρίων (cp. En 9:4) Rv 17:14; 19:16.—That ‘Jesus is κύριο’ (perh. ‘our κύριος is Jesus’) is the confession of the (Pauline) Christian church: Ro 10:9; 1 Cor 12:3; cp. 8:6; Phil 2:11 (on the latter pass. s. under ἁρπαγμός and κενόω 1. Cp. also Diod S 5, 72, 1: after Zeus was raised ἐκ γῆς εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, there arose in the ψυχαῖς of all those who had experienced his benefactions, the belief ὡς ἁπάντων τῶν γινομένων κατὰ οὐρανὸν οὗτος εἴη κύριος; s. also 3, 61, 6 Zeus acclaimed ‘God and Lord’).—In J the confession takes the form ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριος and θεός s. θεός, beg., and 3c).—JFitzmyer, The Semitic Background of the NT Kyrios-Title: A Wandering Aramaean—Collected Aramaic Essays ’79, 115–42; s. also 87–90.
    δ. In some places it is not clear whether God or Christ is meant, cp. Ac 9:31; 1 Cor 4:19; 7:17; 2 Cor 8:21; Col 3:22b; 1 Th 4:6; 2 Th 3:16 al.
    ε. of other transcendent beings
    א. an angel Ac 10:4 (JosAs 14:6 al.; GrBar 4:1 al.; ApcZeph). p. 129 Denis.
    ב. in contrast to the one κύριος of the Christians there are θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί many gods and many lords 1 Cor 8:5 (cp. Dt 10:17); we cannot say just what difference, if any, Paul makes betw. these θεοί and κύριοι; unless we have here an hendiadys, the apostle may imply that the κ. are of lower rank than the θ. (sim. Did., Gen. 248, 5. On the many θεοί and lesser divinities cp. Maximus Tyr. 11, 5ab θεὸς εἷς πάντων βασιλεὺς κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί, θεοῦ παῖδες [= δαίμονες 11, 12a], συνάρχοντες θεοῦ. Ταῦτα κ. ὁ Ἕλλην λέγει, κ. ὁ βάρβαρος; 8, 8ef. Also Diog. L. 8, 23 the saying of Pythagoras, that humankind must τοὺς θεοὺς δαιμόνων προτιμᾶν=honor the deities more than the divinities or demi-gods δαίμονες; Heraclitus, Fgm. 5 divides the celestial realm into θεοὶ καὶ ἥρωες. S. also κυριότης 3 and, in a way, PGM 36, 246 κύριοι ἄγγελοι; s. also θεός 1).—On the whole word s. WGraf Baudissin, Kyrios als Gottesname im Judentum u. s. Stelle in d. Religionsgesch., 4 vols. 1926–29; SvenHerner, Die Anwendung d. Wortes κ. im NT 1903; Dssm., LO 298ff [LAE 353ff]; BBacon, Jesus as Lord: HTR 4, 1911, 204–28; WHeitmüller, ZNW 13, 1912, 333ff; HBöhlig, D. Geisteskultur v. Tarsos 1913, 53ff, Zum Begriff κύριος bei Pls: ZNW 14, 1913, 23ff, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 170ff; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921 [Engl. tr. JSteely ’70]; PWern-le, ZTK 25, 1915, 1–92; PAlthaus, NKZ 26, 1915, 439ff; 513ff; Heitmüller, ZTK 25, 1915, 156ff; Bousset, Jesus der Herr 1916; GVos, The Continuity of the Kyrios Title in the NT: PTR 13, 1915, 161–89, The Kyrios Christos Controversy: ibid. 15, 1917, 21–89; EWeber, Zum Gebrauch der κύριος-Bez.: NKZ 31, 1920, 254ff; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Paulus: ZNW 22, 1923, 43ff; RSeeberg, D. Ursprung des Christenglaubens 1914; JWeiss, D. Urchristentum 1917, 351ff; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Burton, ICC Gal 1921, 399–404; WFoerster, Herr ist Jesus 1924; AFrövig, D. Kyriosglaube des NTs 1928; ELohmeyer, Kyr. Jesus 1928; EvDobschütz, Κύριος Ἰησοῦς: ZNW 30, ’31, 97–123 (lit.); OMichel, D. Christus des Pls: ZNW 32, ’33, 6–31; also 28, 1929, 324–33; Dodd 9–11; LCerfaux, ‘Kyrios’ dans les citations paul. de l’AT: ETL 20, ’43, 5–17; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 130–37; PÉLangevin, Jésus Seigneur ’67; IPotterie, BRigaux Festschr. ’70, 117–46 (Luke); JKingsbury, JBL 94, ’75, 246–55 (Mt); FDanker, Luke ’87, 60–81; DZeller, 925–28 (lit.).—B. 1330. Schürer II 326. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κύριος

  • 15 colaborar

    v.
    1 to collaborate.
    2 to contribute.
    3 to collaborate with.
    Le colaboró a ella He collaborated with her.
    * * *
    1 to collaborate ( con, with)
    2 (prensa) to contribute (en, to)
    * * *

    te necesitamos ¡colabora! — we need you, come and join us!

    • colaborar a algo — to contribute to sth

    • colaborar con algo, colaboramos con los movimientos pacifistas — we are collaborating with the peace groups

    • colaborar en algo, nuestra empresa colaborará en el proyecto — our company is to collaborate on the project

    colaborar en un periódico — to contribute to a newspaper, write for a newspaper

    * * *
    verbo intransitivo

    colaborar con alguien/algo — to collaborate with somebody/something

    colabore con nosotros, mantenga limpia la ciudad — help us keep the city clean

    colaborar en algo — en proyecto to collaborate on something

    * * *
    = collaborate, cooperate [co-operate], join + forces, play + ball, team, partner, pull + Posesivo + (own) weight, lend + a (helping) hand, pull together, put + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, set + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, muck in, pitch in.
    Ex. A joint author is a person who collaborates with one or more other persons to produce a work in relation to which the collaborators perform the same function.
    Ex. By 1960 a draft code had been produced, and from this time on, British and American Committees co-operated closely.
    Ex. Therefore, school librarians need to find ways of joining forces with publishers, booksellers and other librarians.
    Ex. She then said: 'If you want to fare reasonably well, you better play ball with me'.
    Ex. Information Today, Inc. and I are teaming to create a series of articles to be published in Computers in Libraries which will provide user ratings of library automation software.
    Ex. The article 'Let's partner as patriots' maintains that in recent years some people have begun to view the public library as an anachronism.
    Ex. Sometimes one person is left with all the work because their partner doesn't pull their weight.
    Ex. In a small shop the master would lend a hand with the work, certainly as a corrector and often as a compositor as well.
    Ex. She tells a story of courage in which the crew and the mission control pull together to work the problem through.
    Ex. They've all been putting their shoulder to the wheel and it's paid off.
    Ex. The Bolsheviks have manfully set their shoulders to the wheel undaunted by this staggering catastrophe.
    Ex. All our neighbours, relatives, friends, we all mucked in and helped each other -- they were mostly all women because all the men had gone to war.
    Ex. It's up to everyone to pitch in and help those who find themselves lacking the most basic of necessities -- food.
    ----
    * colaborando estrechamente = in close collaboration.
    * colaborar con = team up (with), partner with, become + engaged (in/with), engage with, consort with.
    * colaborar conjuntamente = work + cooperatively.
    * * *
    verbo intransitivo

    colaborar con alguien/algo — to collaborate with somebody/something

    colabore con nosotros, mantenga limpia la ciudad — help us keep the city clean

    colaborar en algo — en proyecto to collaborate on something

    * * *
    colaborar (con)
    (v.) = team up (with), partner with, become + engaged (in/with), engage with, consort with

    Ex: Blackwells, for example, has teamed up with the highly successful CARL Uncover service in the US.

    Ex: To what extent and in what manner should public libraries partner with local businesses to provide the resources needed for economic development?.
    Ex: There is a strong demand for information about Asia as Australia becomes engaged with countries of the Asia-Pacific region.
    Ex: In order to overcome isolation and develop a community oriented approach, libraries will need to engage with people.
    Ex: It is time the USA took a lead in consorting with other Western nations in mounting the 1st Annual international conference on information interchange.

    = collaborate, cooperate [co-operate], join + forces, play + ball, team, partner, pull + Posesivo + (own) weight, lend + a (helping) hand, pull together, put + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, set + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, muck in, pitch in.

    Ex: A joint author is a person who collaborates with one or more other persons to produce a work in relation to which the collaborators perform the same function.

    Ex: By 1960 a draft code had been produced, and from this time on, British and American Committees co-operated closely.
    Ex: Therefore, school librarians need to find ways of joining forces with publishers, booksellers and other librarians.
    Ex: She then said: 'If you want to fare reasonably well, you better play ball with me'.
    Ex: Information Today, Inc. and I are teaming to create a series of articles to be published in Computers in Libraries which will provide user ratings of library automation software.
    Ex: The article 'Let's partner as patriots' maintains that in recent years some people have begun to view the public library as an anachronism.
    Ex: Sometimes one person is left with all the work because their partner doesn't pull their weight.
    Ex: In a small shop the master would lend a hand with the work, certainly as a corrector and often as a compositor as well.
    Ex: She tells a story of courage in which the crew and the mission control pull together to work the problem through.
    Ex: They've all been putting their shoulder to the wheel and it's paid off.
    Ex: The Bolsheviks have manfully set their shoulders to the wheel undaunted by this staggering catastrophe.
    Ex: All our neighbours, relatives, friends, we all mucked in and helped each other -- they were mostly all women because all the men had gone to war.
    Ex: It's up to everyone to pitch in and help those who find themselves lacking the most basic of necessities -- food.
    * colaborando estrechamente = in close collaboration.
    * colaborar con = team up (with), partner with, become + engaged (in/with), engage with, consort with.
    * colaborar conjuntamente = work + cooperatively.

    * * *
    colaborar [A1 ]
    vi
    1 (en una tarea, un libro) to work, collaborate
    colaboró con nosotros en el proyecto he collaborated o worked with us on this project
    colabore con nosotros, mantenga limpia la ciudad help us keep the city clean
    colaborar EN algo:
    colaboró activamente en la resistencia she was active in the resistance
    colabora en una revista de fotografía he contributes to a photography magazine
    2 (contribuir) colaborar A algo to contribute TO sth, help sth
    el deporte colabora al desarrollo físico del niño sport contributes to o helps a child's physical development
    el nuevo reglamento ha colaborado a mejorar la situacion the new legislation has helped to improve the situation o has contributed to an improvement in the situation
    * * *

     

    colaborar ( conjugate colaborar) verbo intransitivo
    to collaborate;
    colaborar con algn to collaborate with sb;

    colaborar en algo ‹en proyecto/tarea› to collaborate on sth;

    ‹ en revista› to contribute to sth
    colaborar verbo intransitivo to collaborate, cooperate
    ' colaborar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    negación
    English:
    collaborate
    - cooperate
    - write
    - well
    * * *
    1. [cooperar] to collaborate ( con with);
    algunos maridos se niegan a colaborar en las tareas domésticas some husbands refuse to help with the housework;
    muchas personas colaboraron en el rescate many people helped in the rescue;
    que cada uno colabore con lo que pueda let everyone contribute what they can;
    colaboró en la campaña con un donativo de 3 millones she made a donation of 3 million to the campaign
    2. [en prensa]
    colaborar en o [m5] con to write for, to work for
    3. [contribuir] to contribute;
    una dieta que colabora a controlar el nivel colesterol a diet which helps to control cholesterol levels;
    los robots colaboran a incrementar la productividad robots help to increase productivity, robots contribute to increased productivity
    * * *
    v/i collaborate
    * * *
    : to collaborate
    * * *
    colaborar vb to cooperate

    Spanish-English dictionary > colaborar

  • 16 δοῦλος

    1
    δοῦλος, η, ον (s. next entry; Soph. et al.; PGiss 3, 5 ᾧ πάντα δοῦλα; Ps 118:91; Wsd 15:7; Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 156; Ar. [Milne, 76, 49]; SibOr 3, 567) pert. to being under someone’s total control, slavish, servile, subject τὰ μέλη δ. τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ the members enslaved to impurity Ro 6:19; τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ibid.—Subst. τὰ δοῦλα things subservient PtK 2 (s. ὕπαρξις 1).—DELG. TW.
    2
    δοῦλος, ου, ὁ (Trag., Hdt.et al.; ins, pap, LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test12Patr)
    ① male slave as an entity in a socioeconomic context, slave (‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times [s. OED s.v. servant, 3a and b]; in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished [Goodsp., Probs., 77–79]). Opp. ἐλεύθερος 1 Cor 7:21. Lit., in contrast
    ⓐ to a master (Did., Gen. 66, 25): Mt 8:9; 10:24f; cp. J 13:16; 15:20.—Mt 13:27f; 21:34ff; 24:45f, 48, 50; 25:14, 19, 21, 23, 26, 30; cp. Lk 19:13, 15, 17, 22.—Mt 26:51; cp. Mk 14:47; Lk 22:50; J 18:10, 26 (on δοῦλος of the ἀρχιερεύς s. Jos., Ant. 20, 181).—Mk 12:2, 4; 13:34; Lk 7:2f, 8, 10; 12:37, 43, 45ff; 17:7, 9f; J 4:51; Col 4:1 (Billerb. IV 698–744: D. altjüd. Sklavenwesen; SZucrow, Women, Slaves, etc. in Rabb. Lit. ’32; JJeremias, Jerusalem IIb ’37, 184–88; 217–24).—οἱ δ. και οἱ ὑπηρέται J 18:18.—Of slaves sent out with invitations Mt 22:3f, 6, 8, 10; par. Lk 14:17, 21ff; of one who could not pay his debt Mt 18:23, 26ff (but s. 2bα on these pass. fr. Mt). Opp. δεσπότης (as Diod S 15, 8, 2f ὡς δοῦλος δεσπότῃ; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 5) 1 Ti 6:1; Tit 2:9; οἱ δ. in direct address Eph 6:5; Col 3:22.—For lit. on Christianity and slavery (Ath. 35, 1 δ. εἰσιν ἡμῖν ‘we have slaves’ [who can attest our innocence of the charges]) s. on χράομαι la.—Christ, the heavenly κύριος, appears on earth in μορφὴ δούλου the form of a slave (anticipating vs. 8 w. its ref. to crucifixion, a fate reserved for condemned slaves; for the contrast cp. Lucian, Catapl. 13 δοῦλος ἀντὶ τοῦ πάλαι βασιλέως) Phil 2:7 (lit. on κενόω 1b); cp. Hs 5, 2ff (on this MDibelius, Hdb. 564f).—On Ac 2:18 s. under 2bβ.
    ⓑ to a free pers. (opp. ἐλεύθερος: Pla., Gorg. 57 p. 502d; Dio Chrys. 9 [10], 4; SIG 521, 7 [III B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 16, 126; Just., D. 139, 5) 1 Cor 7:21f (cp. the trimeter: Trag. Fgm. Adesp. 304 N., quot. fr. M. Ant. 11, 30 and Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 48, δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου=you are a slave, with no share in discussions); 12:13; Gal 3:28; 4:1; Eph 6:8; Col 3:11; Rv 6:15; 13:16; 19:18; IRo 4:3. W. παιδίσκη D 4:10.—House slave in contrast to a son J 8:35; Gal 4:7.
    ⓒ in contrast to being a fellow Christian οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ δοῦλον, ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν Phlm 16.
    ② one who is solely committed to another, slave, subject; ext. of mng. 1. Mt 6:24; Lk 16:13 express the ancient perspective out of which such extended usage develops: slaves are duty-bound only to their owners or masters, or those to whom total allegiance is pledged.
    ⓐ in a pejorative sense δ. ἀνθρώπων slaves to humans 1 Cor 7:23. παριστάναι ἑαυτόν τινι δοῦλον Ro 6:16. δ. τῆς ἁμαρτίας slave of sin J 8:34; Ro 6:17, 20. τῆς φθορᾶς of destruction 2 Pt 2:19 (cp. Eur., Hec. 865 and Plut., Pelop. 279 [3, 1] χρημάτων; Thu. 3, 38, 5; Dio Chrys. 4, 60 τ. δόξης; Athen. 12, 531c τῶν ἡδονῶν; 542d; Aelian, VH 2, 41 τοῦ πίνειν; Achilles Tat. 6, 19, 4 τ. ἐπιθυμίας).
    ⓑ in a positive sense
    α. in relation to a superior human being (here the perspective is Oriental and not Hellenic). Of humble service (opp. πρῶτος) Mt 20:27; Mk 10:44. According to oriental usage, of a king’s officials (cp. SIG 22, 4; IMagnMai 115, 4; 1 Km 29:3; 4 Km 5:6; Jos., Ant. 2, 70) ministers Mt 18:23, 26ff (s. Spicq, I 383, n. 14 [Lexique 394, n. 4]); cp. the slaves sent out with invitations 22:3f, 6, 8, 10; Lk 14:17, 21ff (but s. 1a above).
    β. esp. of the relationship of humans to God (with roots in both OT and Hellenic thought; s. δουλεύω 2aβ) δ. τοῦ θεοῦ slave of God=subject to God, owned body and soul (Eur., Ion 309 τοῦ θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε; Cass. Dio 63, 5, 2; CFossey, Inscr. de Syrie: BCH 21, 1897, p. 60 [Lucius calls himself the δοῦλος of the θεὰ Συρία]; PGM 12, 71 δ. τοῦ ὑψ. θεοῦ; 13, 637ff δοῦλός εἰμι σὸς … Σάραπι; 59, 2; 4; LXX; ParJer 6:17 [Baruch]; ApcSed 16:7 p. 137, 15; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 7 al.; Jos., Ant. 11, 90; 101): of Moses (4 Km 18:12; 2 Esdr 19:14; Ps 104:26; Jos., Ant. 5, 39) Rv 15:3. Of recipients of gifts from God’s spirit Ac 2:18 (Jo 3:2). Of Christian prophets Rv 10:7; 11:18 (prophets are also called slaves of God in the OT Jer 25:4; Am 3:7; Da 9:6, 10 Theod.). Of the apostles Ac 4:29; 16:17 (δ. τοῦ θεοῦ τ. ὑψίστου as Da 3:93 Theod.); Tit 1:1; AcPl Ha 6, 35; Christ as master (cp. oriental usage, of a king’s official minister, and the interpretation of δ. in such sense [s. 2bα]) puts his slaves, the apostles, at the disposal of the Corinthians 2 Cor 4:5. Of God-fearing people gener. (Ps 33:23; 68:37 al.) Rv 1:1; Lk 2:29; 1 Pt 2:16; Rv 2:20; 7:3; 19:2, 5; 22:3, 6; 1 Cl 60:2; 2 Cl 20:1; Hv 1, 2, 4; 4, 1, 3; m 3:4 al. The one who is praying refers to himself as your (God’s) slave (cp. Ps 26:9; Ch 6:23; Da 3:33, 44) Lk 2:29; Ac 4:29 (FDölger, ΙΧΘΥΣ I 1910, 195ff).—In the same vein, of one’s relation to Christ δ. Χριστοῦ, self-designation of Paul (on the imagery s. Straub 37; DMartin, Slavery as Salvation: The Metaphor of Slavery in Pauline Christianity ’90) Ro 1:1; Gal 1:10; Phil 1:1; cp. Col 4:12; 2 Ti 2:24; Js 1:1; 2 Pt 1:1; Jd 1; Rv 1:1; 22:3; 1 Cor 7:22; Eph 6:6.—On δοῦλοι and φίλοι of Christ (for this contrast s. Philo, Migr. Abr. 45, Sobr. 55; PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 85ff) J 15:15, s. φίλος 2aα.—Dssm., LO 271ff [LAE 323ff]; GSass, δ. bei Pls: ZNW 40, ’41, 24–32; LReilly, Slaves in Ancient Greece (manumission ins) ’78; COsiek, Slavery in the Second Testament World: BTB 22, ’92, 174–79; JHarril, The Manumission of Slaves in Early Christianity ’95, s. 11–67 on ancient slavery; KBradley, Slavery and Society at Rome ’94; also lit. on χράομαι 1a.—JVogt/HBellen, eds., Bibliographie zur antiken Sklaverei, rev. ed. EHermann/NBrockmeyer ’83 (lists over 5000 books and articles); JCMiller, Slavery and Slaving in World History, A Bibliography 1990–91 ’93 (lit. p. 196–225).—B. 1332. Schmidt, Syn. IV 124–29 s. δεσπότη. New Docs 2, 52–54. DELG. SEG XLII, 1837 (ins reff.). M-M. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > δοῦλος

  • 17 ipse

    ipse ( ipsus, Cato, R. R. 70; 71; Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 43; id. Trin. 2, 2, 40; 3, 1, 10 et saep.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 15; id. Eun. 3, 4, 8, id. Hec. 3, 5, 5; Jusjur. Milit. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4 al.), a, um (ipsud, Gloss. Philox.); gen. ipsīus ( poet. also ipsĭus, Cat. 64, 43; Verg. A. 1, 114; 2, 772 al.; and dissyl. Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 15; id. Phorm. 4, 5, 13: ipsi, Afran. ap. Prisc. 694); dat. ipsi (ipso, App. M. 10, p. 243, 24); pron. demonstr. [is - pse for pte; cf. sua-pte and -pote in ut-pote; root in potis; Sanscr. patis, lord, master; hence, = he, the master, himself, etc.; cf. Pott. Etym. Forsch. 2, 866 sq.; Fick, Vergl. Wörterb. p. 116. Hence, in the original form, the pronoun is was declined, while the suffix was unchanged; thus eopte = eo ipso, Paul. ex Fest. p. 110:

    eapse = ea ipsa,

    id. p. 77; nom. sing. eapse, Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 4; id. Cist. 1, 2, 17; id. Rud. 2, 3, 80; 2, 5, 21 al.; acc. eumpse, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:

    eampse,

    Plaut. Aul. 5, 7; id. Cist. 1, 3, 22; id. Men. 5, 2, 22 al.; abl. eopse, Plaut. Curc, 4, 3, 6:

    eāpse,

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 132; id. Curc. 4, 3, 2; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 197 sq.], = autos, self, in person, he (emphatic), himself, herself, itself, used both substantively and adjectively, to denote that person (thing) of which something is eminently or exclusively predicated.
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    With substt. or pronn.
    1.
    Expressing eminence or distinction:

    ipse ille Gorgias... in illo ipso Platonis libro,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 32, 129:

    ille ipse Marcellus,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 2, § 4:

    natura ipsa,

    id. Brut. 29, 112:

    dicet pro me ipsa virtus,

    id. Fin. 2, 20, 65:

    ipsa res publica,

    id. Fam. 3, 11, 3:

    neque enim ipse Caesar est alienus a nobis,

    id. ib. 6, 10, 2:

    ipse Moeris,

    Verg. E. 8, 96:

    rex ipse Aeneas,

    id. A. 1, 575:

    ipse aries,

    id. E. 3, 95:

    ductores ipsi,

    id. A. 1, 189:

    si in ipsa arce habitarem,

    Liv. 2, 7, 10;

    esp. freq. with names of gods, etc.: naturas quas Juppiter ipse Addidit,

    Verg. G. 4, 149; id. A. 3, 222; Hor. C. 1, 16, 12:

    Pater ipse,

    Verg. G. 1, 121; Tib. 1, 4, 23:

    Venus ipsa,

    Hor. C. 2, 8, 13; Ov. H. 19, 159:

    ipse pater Pluton,

    Verg. A. 7, 327 et saep.—Prov.:

    audentes deus ipse juvat,

    Ov. M. 10, 586.—
    2.
    For emphasis or in contrast, very, just, precisely, self, in person:

    adest optime ipse frater,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 66:

    in orationibus hisce ipsis,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 16, 73:

    ea ipsa hora,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 4:

    nec carmina nobis Ipsa placent: ipsae rursus concedite silvae,

    Verg. E. 10, 63:

    tute ipse his rebus finem praescripsti,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 124:

    lepide ipsi hi sunt capti,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 91:

    ego enim ipse cum eodem isto non invitus erraverim,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    ipse ille divinationis auctor,

    id. Div. 2, 28, 61:

    cariorem esse patriam quam nosmet ipsos,

    id. Fin. 3, 19, 64:

    eaque ipsa causa belli fuit,

    the very, the true cause, Liv. 1, 57, 1; esp. with is, in all persons and numbers:

    estne hic Philto? Is hercle'st ipsus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 31:

    cui tutor is fuerat ipse,

    Liv. 5, 33, 3:

    jam id ipsum absurdum, maximum malum neglegi,

    even, Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93 (Madv.); id. de Or. 2, 30, 132:

    tempus ad id ipsum congruere,

    Liv. 1, 5, 5:

    duum vir ad id ipsum creatus,

    id. 2, 42, 5:

    Tullius et eos ipsos et per eos multitudinem aliam deduxit,

    id. 2, 38, 1:

    eorum ipsorum facta (opp. loca in quibus, etc.),

    Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2:

    nec vero clarorum virorum post mortem honores permanerent, si nihil eorum ipsorum animi efficerent,

    id. de Sen. 22, 80:

    ad eum ipsum honorem deferre,

    Liv. 3, 51, 3; so sometimes with an inf. or subst.-clause:

    ipsum dicere ineptum,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 112:

    quid juvat quod ante initum tribunatum veni, si ipsum, quod veni, nihil juvat?

    the mere fact, the fact alone, id. Att. 11, 9, 1:

    ipsum, quod habuisti,

    Sen. Cons. ad Marc. 12, 2:

    et ipsum, quod sum victus, ama,

    Luc. 8, 78.— Esp. in legal phrase: ipso jure, by the letter of the law, in legal strictness or precision, Gai Inst. 2, 198; 3, 181; 4, 106 sqq. et saep.—
    B.
    Alone, emphatically taking the place of an omitted person. or demonstr. pron.: Ar. Ubi is nunc est? He. Ubi ego minume atque ipsus se volt maxume, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 1, 10: Su. Is ipsusne's? Ch. Aio: Su. Ipsus es? id. Trin. 4, 2, 146:

    atque ipsis, ad quorum commodum pertinebat, durior inventus est Coelius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 20, 4:

    quaeram ex ipsā,

    Cic. Cael. 14:

    tempus, quo ipse eos sustulisset, ad id ipsum congruere,

    Liv. 1, 5, 5:

    agrum dare immunem ipsi, qui accepisset, liberisque,

    id. 21, 45, 5; 9, 34, 18; 10, [p. 999] 6, 10:

    laeta et ipsis qui rem gessere expugnatio fuit,

    id. 28, 4, 1:

    a nobis exposita, ut ab ipsis, qui eam disciplinam probant,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 5, 13.—So freq. in Cic. before a rel.:

    ut de ipso, qui judicarit, judicium fieri videretur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 44, 82:

    ipsi omnia, quorum negotium est, ad nos deferunt,

    id. de Or. 1, 58, 250; 2, 14, 60; id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 13; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:

    nullis definitionibus utuntur, ipsique dicunt ea se modo probare, quibus natura tacita assentiatur,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40 Madv. —
    C.
    To make prominent one of two or more subjects of any predicate, he ( she, il), for his part, he too, also, as well.
    1.
    Ipse alone:

    litterae Metello Capuam adlatae sunt a Clodia, quae ipsa transiit,

    i. e. also, in person, Cic. Att. 9, 6, 3:

    Italiam ornare quam domum suam maluit: quamquam Italia ornata domus ipsa mihi videtur ornatior,

    id. Off. 2, 22, 76:

    tris ipse excitavit recitatores,

    he too, id. Clu. 51, 141:

    neque tanti timoris sum ut ipse deficiam,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 31, 8:

    Jugurtha, tametsi regem ficta locutum intellegebat, et ipse longe aliter animo agitabat,

    Sall. J. 11, 1:

    hoc Rhipeus, hoc ipse Dymas omnisque juventus Laeta facit,

    Verg. A. 2, 394.—
    2.
    With conjunctions.
    (α).
    With etiam (class.):

    ipse etiam Fufidius in numero fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 29, 112: scribebat orationes quas alii dicerent: quamquam is etiam ipse scripsit eas, quibus pro se est usus, sed non sine Aelio;

    his enim scriptis etiam ipse interfui,

    id. ib. 56, 206 sq. —
    (β).
    With quoque:

    quippe quia plebs senatus consultum solvit, ipsi quoque solutum vultis,

    Liv. 3, 21, 4:

    consul, quia collegae decretum triumphum audivit, ipse quoque triumphi flagitator Romam rediit,

    id. 8, 12, 9:

    cum subito Sulpicius et Albinovanus objecissent catervas, ipse quoque (Sulla) jaculatus, etc.,

    Flor. 3, 21, 7.—
    (γ).
    With et (et ipse = kai autos, ipse etiam; rare in Cic.; cf.

    Zumpt, Gram. § 698): tamen et ipsi tuae familiae genere et nomine continebuntur,

    Cic. Caecin. 20, 58:

    deseret eos quos una scis esse, cum habeat praesertim et ipse cohortis triginta?

    id. Att. 8, 7, 1; id. de Or. 1, 46, 202:

    Cornelius dictatorem Aemilium dixit, et ipse ab eo magister equitum est dictus,

    Liv. 4, 31, 5:

    credo ego vos, socii, et ipsos cernere,

    id. 21, 21, 3:

    Cornelio minus copiarum datum, quia L. Manlius praetor et ipse cum praesidio in Galliam mittebatur,

    id. 21, 17, 7:

    qui et ipse crus fregerat,

    Suet. Aug. 43:

    Antoninus Commodus nihil paternum habuit, nisi quod contra Germanos feliciter et ipse pugnavit,

    Eutr. 8, 7:

    virtutes et ipsae taedium pariunt,

    Quint. 9, 4, 43. —
    (δ).
    With nec ( = ne ipse quidem):

    primis repulsis Maharbal cum majore robore virorum missus nec ipse eruptionem cohortium sustinuit,

    Liv. 23, 18, 4:

    nihil moveri viderunt, nec ipsi quicquam mutarunt,

    id. 37, 20, 8:

    neque ipsi,

    id. 30, 42, 7: crimina non quidem nec ipsa mediocria;

    sed quid ista sunt prae iis, etc.,

    id. 34, 32, 9.
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    By way of eminence, ipse is used to indicate the chief person, host, master, teacher, etc.:

    ipsa, the mistress, etc.: ipsus tristis,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 23:

    ipsum praesto video,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 3:

    ego eo quo me ipsa misit,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 2, 10:

    suam norat ipsam tam bene, quam puella matrem,

    Cat. 3, 7 (Müll., ipsa); cf.:

    Pythagorei respondere solebant, ipse dixit,

    i. e. Pythagoras, Cic. N. D. 1, 5, 10; cf.:

    nec hoc oratori contingere inter adversarios quod Pythagorae inter discipulos potest ipse dixit,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27:

    cum veniat lectica Mathonis plena ipso,

    the great man, Juv. 1, 33:

    anseris ante ipsum jecur,

    before the host, id. 5, 114.—
    B.
    Of or by one ' s self, of one ' s own accord = suā sponte, ultro:

    videar non ipse promisisse (opp. to fortuito),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 111:

    de manibus delapsa arma ipsa ceciderunt,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 77:

    valvae clausae se ipsae aperuerunt,

    id. Div. 1, 37, 74:

    ipsae lacte domum referent distenta capellae Ubera,

    Verg. E. 4, 21:

    ipsi potum venient juvenci,

    id. ib. 7, 11; cf.:

    aliae ipsae Sponte sua veniunt,

    id. G. 2, 10:

    fruges sponte sua (tellus) primum ipsa creavit,

    Lucr. 2, 11, 58; and autai for automatoi, Theocr. Idyll. 11, 12.—
    C.
    Himself exclusively.
    1.
    By or in one ' s self, alone:

    haec ipse suo tristi cum corde volutat,

    Verg. A. 6, 185:

    his actis, aliud genitor secum ipse volutat,

    id. ib. 12, 843: tempus secum ipsa Exigit, id. ib. 4, 475:

    quam facile exercitu soclos conservaturus sit, qui ipso nomine ac rumore defenderit,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 45:

    multa secum ipse volvens,

    Sall. C. 32, 1:

    aestimando ipse secum,

    Liv. 25, 23, 11.—
    2.
    In one ' s self, for one ' s own sake:

    ipsam aequitatem et jus ipsum amare,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48.—
    3.
    Of one ' s self, of one ' s own nature, etc.:

    erat ipse immani acerbāque naturā Oppianicus,

    Cic. Clu. 15, 44:

    duo imperatores, ipsi pares, ceterum opibus disparibus,

    Sall. J. 52, 1:

    natura serpentium, ipsa perniciosa, siti accenditur,

    id. ib. 89, 5.—
    D.
    With advv. of time.
    1.
    Nunc ipsum, just now, at this very time:

    nunc ipsum exurit,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 16:

    nunc ipsum non dubitabo rem tantam adicere,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 2; 8, 9, 2:

    nunc tamen ipsum sine te esse non possum,

    id. ib. 12, 16. —
    2.
    Tum ipsum, just then, at that very time:

    id, quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 27, 124:

    ratio largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum ad facultates accommodanda est,

    id. Off. 2, 17, 60:

    et tum ipsum, cum immolare velis, extorum fieri mutatio potest,

    id. Div. 1, 52, 118; cf. id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv.—
    E.
    With numerals, just, exactly, precisely (opp. fere):

    triginta dies erant ipsi, cum, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 3, 21 init.:

    ipsas undecim esse legiones,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 2:

    nam cum dixisset minus 1000 (sc. milia), populus cum risu acclamavit, ipsa esse,

    id. Caecin. 10, 28; cf. id. Brut. 15, 61; 43, 162:

    ipso vigesimo anno,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 9, § 25. —
    F.
    In reflexive uses,
    1.
    Ipse strengthens the subject when opposed in thought to other agents; the object, when opposed to other objects; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696; Kennedy, Gram. § 67, 3; Madv. Gram. § 487, 6. — Hence,
    a.
    With subject.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    non egeo medicina (i. e. ut alii me consolentur), me ipse consolor,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 10:

    Junius necem sibi ipse conscivit,

    id. N. D. 2, 3, 7:

    neque potest exercitum is continere imperator, qui se ipse non continet,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 13, 38:

    Artaxerxes se ipse reprehendit,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    ipsa se virtus satis ostendit,

    Sall. J. 85; cf.:

    deponendo tutelam ipse in se unum omnium vires convertit,

    Liv. 24, 4, 9:

    deforme etiam est de se ipsum praedicare,

    Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137.—
    (β).
    With special emphasis, ipse is joined to the subject to indicate its relation to itself as both subject and object, though the antithesis would suggest another case (Cic.):

    cum iste sic erat humilis atque demissus, ut non modo populo Romano, sed etiam sibi ipse condemnatus videretur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17:

    si quis ipse sibi inimicus est,

    id. Fin. 5, 10, 28:

    qui ipsi sibi bellum indixissent,

    id. ib. 5, 10, 29:

    quoniam se ipsi omnes natura diligant,

    id. ib. 3, 18, 59:

    nam si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,

    id. de Or. 2, 2, 8.—
    b.
    With object:

    neque vero ipsam amicitiam tueri (possumus), nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67:

    omne animal se ipsum diligit,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 24:

    fac ut diligentissime te ipsum custodias,

    id. Fam. 9, 14, 8:

    Pompeianus miles fratrem suum, dein se ipsum interfecit,

    Tac. H. 3, 51:

    Lentulum, quem mihi ipsi antepono,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 5.—
    2.
    Ipse defines the subject of a reflexive pronoun:

    natura movet infantem, sed tantum ut se ipse diligat (where ipse shows that se refers to infantem),

    Cic. Fin. 2, 10, 33: proinde consulant sibi ipsi;

    jubeant abire se,

    Just. 16, 4, 15:

    neque prius vim adhibendam putaverunt, quam se ipse indicasset,

    Nep. Paus. 4:

    in portis murisque sibimet ipsos tecta coëgerat aedificare,

    Liv. 27, 3, 2 (cf. 1. a. supra).—
    3.
    Ipse stands for the reflexive pronoun,
    a.
    Where the person or thing referred to is to be emphatically distinguished from others (class.):

    cum omnes se expetendos putent, nec id ob aliam rem, sed propter ipsos, necesse est ejus etiam partes propter se expeti, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46:

    quis umquam consul senatum ipsius decretis parere prohibuit?

    id. Sest. 14, 32:

    quos, quidquid ipsis expediat, facturos arbitrabimur,

    id. Fin. 2, 35, 117:

    qui negant se recusare, quo minus, ipsis mortuis, terrarum deflagratio consequatur,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 64:

    nec quid ipsius natura sit intellegit,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 24.—
    b.
    In a subordinate clause, to point out either the subject of the principal clause, or the chief agent or speaker;

    esp. where se or sibi is already applied to the subject of the subordinate clause: ne ob eam rem aut suae magnopere virtuti tribueret aut ipsos despiceret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13, 5:

    legatos ad consulem mittit, qui tantum modo ipsi liberisque vitam peterent,

    Sall. J. 16, 2; cf.:

    ipsis mortuis,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64:

    supra nihil, quantum in ipso est, praetermittere quo minus, etc.,

    id. Leg. 1, 21, 56:

    ipsius,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 55:

    nihil umquam audivi... nihil de re publica gravius, nihil de ipso modestius, i. e. de ipso dicente,

    id. Balb. 1, 2: id quod ipsum adjuvat (i. e. dicentem;

    opp. id quod adversario prodest),

    id. Inv. 1, 21, 30.—
    c.
    In gen., for an emphatic se or sibi (mostly post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40):

    nam ipsis certum esse, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 46, 13:

    pravitas consulum discordiaque inter ipsos,

    id. 4, 26, 6:

    inexperta remedia haud injuria ipsis esse suspecta,

    Curt. 3, 5, 15:

    Graecis nuntiare jubet, ipsum quidem gratias agere, etc.,

    id. 3, 8, 7:

    dixit, ab illo deo ipsos genus ducere,

    id. 4, 2, 3:

    a quibus nec acceperunt injuriam nec accepisse ipsos existimant, Sen. de Ira, 2, 5, 1: intemperantiam in morbo suam experti parere ipsis vetant,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 5:

    sciunt ipsos omnia habere communia,

    id. Ep. 6, 3; 22, 10 et saep.; cf.:

    verum est etiam iis, qui aliquando futuri sint, esse propter ipsos consulendum,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64.—
    4.
    Ipse stands in free constr. with abl. absol. as with finite verb (cf. also quisque;

    only freq. in Liv. and post-Aug. writers): cum dies venit, causa ipse pro se dicta, quindecim milibus aeris damnatur,

    Liv. 4, 44, 10 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    Romani imperatores, junctis et ipsi exercitibus... ad sedem hostium pervenere,

    id. 29, 2, 2:

    C. Popilius, dimissis et ipse Atticis navibus... pergit,

    id. 45, 10, 2; cf.:

    Catilina et Autronius parabant consules interficere, ipsi fascibus conreptis Pisonem cum exercitu mittere,

    Sall. C. 18, 5:

    amisso et ipse Pacoro,

    Tac. G. 37; cf. also the emphatic use of ipse (like quisque) with abl. of gerund (freq. in Liv.):

    adsentando indignandoque et ipse,

    Liv. 40, 23, 1:

    cogendo ipse,

    id. 39, 49, 3:

    agendo ipse,

    id. 41, 24, 2:

    aestimando ipse secum,

    id. 25, 23, 11 et saep.
    ► Ipse is very rarely strengthened by the suffix -met:

    ipsemet abiit,

    Plaut.
    Am. prol. 102:

    ipsimet nobis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 3:

    ipsemet profugiam,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 21; also Front. Aq. 74 ex conj.— Sup.: Com. Ergo ipsusne es? Charm. Ipsissumus, his own very self, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 146; cf. Gr. autotatos, Aristoph. Plut. 83; so,

    ipsimus and ipsima, for dominus and domina (cf II. A. supra),

    Petr. 75, 11; and:

    ipsimi nostri,

    id. 63, 3 Büch. ex conj.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ipse

  • 18 ipsus

    ipse ( ipsus, Cato, R. R. 70; 71; Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 43; id. Trin. 2, 2, 40; 3, 1, 10 et saep.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 15; id. Eun. 3, 4, 8, id. Hec. 3, 5, 5; Jusjur. Milit. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4 al.), a, um (ipsud, Gloss. Philox.); gen. ipsīus ( poet. also ipsĭus, Cat. 64, 43; Verg. A. 1, 114; 2, 772 al.; and dissyl. Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 15; id. Phorm. 4, 5, 13: ipsi, Afran. ap. Prisc. 694); dat. ipsi (ipso, App. M. 10, p. 243, 24); pron. demonstr. [is - pse for pte; cf. sua-pte and -pote in ut-pote; root in potis; Sanscr. patis, lord, master; hence, = he, the master, himself, etc.; cf. Pott. Etym. Forsch. 2, 866 sq.; Fick, Vergl. Wörterb. p. 116. Hence, in the original form, the pronoun is was declined, while the suffix was unchanged; thus eopte = eo ipso, Paul. ex Fest. p. 110:

    eapse = ea ipsa,

    id. p. 77; nom. sing. eapse, Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 4; id. Cist. 1, 2, 17; id. Rud. 2, 3, 80; 2, 5, 21 al.; acc. eumpse, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:

    eampse,

    Plaut. Aul. 5, 7; id. Cist. 1, 3, 22; id. Men. 5, 2, 22 al.; abl. eopse, Plaut. Curc, 4, 3, 6:

    eāpse,

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 132; id. Curc. 4, 3, 2; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 197 sq.], = autos, self, in person, he (emphatic), himself, herself, itself, used both substantively and adjectively, to denote that person (thing) of which something is eminently or exclusively predicated.
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    With substt. or pronn.
    1.
    Expressing eminence or distinction:

    ipse ille Gorgias... in illo ipso Platonis libro,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 32, 129:

    ille ipse Marcellus,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 2, § 4:

    natura ipsa,

    id. Brut. 29, 112:

    dicet pro me ipsa virtus,

    id. Fin. 2, 20, 65:

    ipsa res publica,

    id. Fam. 3, 11, 3:

    neque enim ipse Caesar est alienus a nobis,

    id. ib. 6, 10, 2:

    ipse Moeris,

    Verg. E. 8, 96:

    rex ipse Aeneas,

    id. A. 1, 575:

    ipse aries,

    id. E. 3, 95:

    ductores ipsi,

    id. A. 1, 189:

    si in ipsa arce habitarem,

    Liv. 2, 7, 10;

    esp. freq. with names of gods, etc.: naturas quas Juppiter ipse Addidit,

    Verg. G. 4, 149; id. A. 3, 222; Hor. C. 1, 16, 12:

    Pater ipse,

    Verg. G. 1, 121; Tib. 1, 4, 23:

    Venus ipsa,

    Hor. C. 2, 8, 13; Ov. H. 19, 159:

    ipse pater Pluton,

    Verg. A. 7, 327 et saep.—Prov.:

    audentes deus ipse juvat,

    Ov. M. 10, 586.—
    2.
    For emphasis or in contrast, very, just, precisely, self, in person:

    adest optime ipse frater,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 66:

    in orationibus hisce ipsis,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 16, 73:

    ea ipsa hora,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 4:

    nec carmina nobis Ipsa placent: ipsae rursus concedite silvae,

    Verg. E. 10, 63:

    tute ipse his rebus finem praescripsti,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 124:

    lepide ipsi hi sunt capti,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 91:

    ego enim ipse cum eodem isto non invitus erraverim,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    ipse ille divinationis auctor,

    id. Div. 2, 28, 61:

    cariorem esse patriam quam nosmet ipsos,

    id. Fin. 3, 19, 64:

    eaque ipsa causa belli fuit,

    the very, the true cause, Liv. 1, 57, 1; esp. with is, in all persons and numbers:

    estne hic Philto? Is hercle'st ipsus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 31:

    cui tutor is fuerat ipse,

    Liv. 5, 33, 3:

    jam id ipsum absurdum, maximum malum neglegi,

    even, Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93 (Madv.); id. de Or. 2, 30, 132:

    tempus ad id ipsum congruere,

    Liv. 1, 5, 5:

    duum vir ad id ipsum creatus,

    id. 2, 42, 5:

    Tullius et eos ipsos et per eos multitudinem aliam deduxit,

    id. 2, 38, 1:

    eorum ipsorum facta (opp. loca in quibus, etc.),

    Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2:

    nec vero clarorum virorum post mortem honores permanerent, si nihil eorum ipsorum animi efficerent,

    id. de Sen. 22, 80:

    ad eum ipsum honorem deferre,

    Liv. 3, 51, 3; so sometimes with an inf. or subst.-clause:

    ipsum dicere ineptum,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 112:

    quid juvat quod ante initum tribunatum veni, si ipsum, quod veni, nihil juvat?

    the mere fact, the fact alone, id. Att. 11, 9, 1:

    ipsum, quod habuisti,

    Sen. Cons. ad Marc. 12, 2:

    et ipsum, quod sum victus, ama,

    Luc. 8, 78.— Esp. in legal phrase: ipso jure, by the letter of the law, in legal strictness or precision, Gai Inst. 2, 198; 3, 181; 4, 106 sqq. et saep.—
    B.
    Alone, emphatically taking the place of an omitted person. or demonstr. pron.: Ar. Ubi is nunc est? He. Ubi ego minume atque ipsus se volt maxume, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 1, 10: Su. Is ipsusne's? Ch. Aio: Su. Ipsus es? id. Trin. 4, 2, 146:

    atque ipsis, ad quorum commodum pertinebat, durior inventus est Coelius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 20, 4:

    quaeram ex ipsā,

    Cic. Cael. 14:

    tempus, quo ipse eos sustulisset, ad id ipsum congruere,

    Liv. 1, 5, 5:

    agrum dare immunem ipsi, qui accepisset, liberisque,

    id. 21, 45, 5; 9, 34, 18; 10, [p. 999] 6, 10:

    laeta et ipsis qui rem gessere expugnatio fuit,

    id. 28, 4, 1:

    a nobis exposita, ut ab ipsis, qui eam disciplinam probant,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 5, 13.—So freq. in Cic. before a rel.:

    ut de ipso, qui judicarit, judicium fieri videretur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 44, 82:

    ipsi omnia, quorum negotium est, ad nos deferunt,

    id. de Or. 1, 58, 250; 2, 14, 60; id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 13; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:

    nullis definitionibus utuntur, ipsique dicunt ea se modo probare, quibus natura tacita assentiatur,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40 Madv. —
    C.
    To make prominent one of two or more subjects of any predicate, he ( she, il), for his part, he too, also, as well.
    1.
    Ipse alone:

    litterae Metello Capuam adlatae sunt a Clodia, quae ipsa transiit,

    i. e. also, in person, Cic. Att. 9, 6, 3:

    Italiam ornare quam domum suam maluit: quamquam Italia ornata domus ipsa mihi videtur ornatior,

    id. Off. 2, 22, 76:

    tris ipse excitavit recitatores,

    he too, id. Clu. 51, 141:

    neque tanti timoris sum ut ipse deficiam,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 31, 8:

    Jugurtha, tametsi regem ficta locutum intellegebat, et ipse longe aliter animo agitabat,

    Sall. J. 11, 1:

    hoc Rhipeus, hoc ipse Dymas omnisque juventus Laeta facit,

    Verg. A. 2, 394.—
    2.
    With conjunctions.
    (α).
    With etiam (class.):

    ipse etiam Fufidius in numero fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 29, 112: scribebat orationes quas alii dicerent: quamquam is etiam ipse scripsit eas, quibus pro se est usus, sed non sine Aelio;

    his enim scriptis etiam ipse interfui,

    id. ib. 56, 206 sq. —
    (β).
    With quoque:

    quippe quia plebs senatus consultum solvit, ipsi quoque solutum vultis,

    Liv. 3, 21, 4:

    consul, quia collegae decretum triumphum audivit, ipse quoque triumphi flagitator Romam rediit,

    id. 8, 12, 9:

    cum subito Sulpicius et Albinovanus objecissent catervas, ipse quoque (Sulla) jaculatus, etc.,

    Flor. 3, 21, 7.—
    (γ).
    With et (et ipse = kai autos, ipse etiam; rare in Cic.; cf.

    Zumpt, Gram. § 698): tamen et ipsi tuae familiae genere et nomine continebuntur,

    Cic. Caecin. 20, 58:

    deseret eos quos una scis esse, cum habeat praesertim et ipse cohortis triginta?

    id. Att. 8, 7, 1; id. de Or. 1, 46, 202:

    Cornelius dictatorem Aemilium dixit, et ipse ab eo magister equitum est dictus,

    Liv. 4, 31, 5:

    credo ego vos, socii, et ipsos cernere,

    id. 21, 21, 3:

    Cornelio minus copiarum datum, quia L. Manlius praetor et ipse cum praesidio in Galliam mittebatur,

    id. 21, 17, 7:

    qui et ipse crus fregerat,

    Suet. Aug. 43:

    Antoninus Commodus nihil paternum habuit, nisi quod contra Germanos feliciter et ipse pugnavit,

    Eutr. 8, 7:

    virtutes et ipsae taedium pariunt,

    Quint. 9, 4, 43. —
    (δ).
    With nec ( = ne ipse quidem):

    primis repulsis Maharbal cum majore robore virorum missus nec ipse eruptionem cohortium sustinuit,

    Liv. 23, 18, 4:

    nihil moveri viderunt, nec ipsi quicquam mutarunt,

    id. 37, 20, 8:

    neque ipsi,

    id. 30, 42, 7: crimina non quidem nec ipsa mediocria;

    sed quid ista sunt prae iis, etc.,

    id. 34, 32, 9.
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    By way of eminence, ipse is used to indicate the chief person, host, master, teacher, etc.:

    ipsa, the mistress, etc.: ipsus tristis,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 23:

    ipsum praesto video,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 3:

    ego eo quo me ipsa misit,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 2, 10:

    suam norat ipsam tam bene, quam puella matrem,

    Cat. 3, 7 (Müll., ipsa); cf.:

    Pythagorei respondere solebant, ipse dixit,

    i. e. Pythagoras, Cic. N. D. 1, 5, 10; cf.:

    nec hoc oratori contingere inter adversarios quod Pythagorae inter discipulos potest ipse dixit,

    Quint. 11, 1, 27:

    cum veniat lectica Mathonis plena ipso,

    the great man, Juv. 1, 33:

    anseris ante ipsum jecur,

    before the host, id. 5, 114.—
    B.
    Of or by one ' s self, of one ' s own accord = suā sponte, ultro:

    videar non ipse promisisse (opp. to fortuito),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 24, 111:

    de manibus delapsa arma ipsa ceciderunt,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 77:

    valvae clausae se ipsae aperuerunt,

    id. Div. 1, 37, 74:

    ipsae lacte domum referent distenta capellae Ubera,

    Verg. E. 4, 21:

    ipsi potum venient juvenci,

    id. ib. 7, 11; cf.:

    aliae ipsae Sponte sua veniunt,

    id. G. 2, 10:

    fruges sponte sua (tellus) primum ipsa creavit,

    Lucr. 2, 11, 58; and autai for automatoi, Theocr. Idyll. 11, 12.—
    C.
    Himself exclusively.
    1.
    By or in one ' s self, alone:

    haec ipse suo tristi cum corde volutat,

    Verg. A. 6, 185:

    his actis, aliud genitor secum ipse volutat,

    id. ib. 12, 843: tempus secum ipsa Exigit, id. ib. 4, 475:

    quam facile exercitu soclos conservaturus sit, qui ipso nomine ac rumore defenderit,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 45:

    multa secum ipse volvens,

    Sall. C. 32, 1:

    aestimando ipse secum,

    Liv. 25, 23, 11.—
    2.
    In one ' s self, for one ' s own sake:

    ipsam aequitatem et jus ipsum amare,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48.—
    3.
    Of one ' s self, of one ' s own nature, etc.:

    erat ipse immani acerbāque naturā Oppianicus,

    Cic. Clu. 15, 44:

    duo imperatores, ipsi pares, ceterum opibus disparibus,

    Sall. J. 52, 1:

    natura serpentium, ipsa perniciosa, siti accenditur,

    id. ib. 89, 5.—
    D.
    With advv. of time.
    1.
    Nunc ipsum, just now, at this very time:

    nunc ipsum exurit,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 16:

    nunc ipsum non dubitabo rem tantam adicere,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 2; 8, 9, 2:

    nunc tamen ipsum sine te esse non possum,

    id. ib. 12, 16. —
    2.
    Tum ipsum, just then, at that very time:

    id, quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 27, 124:

    ratio largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum ad facultates accommodanda est,

    id. Off. 2, 17, 60:

    et tum ipsum, cum immolare velis, extorum fieri mutatio potest,

    id. Div. 1, 52, 118; cf. id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv.—
    E.
    With numerals, just, exactly, precisely (opp. fere):

    triginta dies erant ipsi, cum, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 3, 21 init.:

    ipsas undecim esse legiones,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 2:

    nam cum dixisset minus 1000 (sc. milia), populus cum risu acclamavit, ipsa esse,

    id. Caecin. 10, 28; cf. id. Brut. 15, 61; 43, 162:

    ipso vigesimo anno,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 9, § 25. —
    F.
    In reflexive uses,
    1.
    Ipse strengthens the subject when opposed in thought to other agents; the object, when opposed to other objects; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696; Kennedy, Gram. § 67, 3; Madv. Gram. § 487, 6. — Hence,
    a.
    With subject.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    non egeo medicina (i. e. ut alii me consolentur), me ipse consolor,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 10:

    Junius necem sibi ipse conscivit,

    id. N. D. 2, 3, 7:

    neque potest exercitum is continere imperator, qui se ipse non continet,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 13, 38:

    Artaxerxes se ipse reprehendit,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    ipsa se virtus satis ostendit,

    Sall. J. 85; cf.:

    deponendo tutelam ipse in se unum omnium vires convertit,

    Liv. 24, 4, 9:

    deforme etiam est de se ipsum praedicare,

    Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137.—
    (β).
    With special emphasis, ipse is joined to the subject to indicate its relation to itself as both subject and object, though the antithesis would suggest another case (Cic.):

    cum iste sic erat humilis atque demissus, ut non modo populo Romano, sed etiam sibi ipse condemnatus videretur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17:

    si quis ipse sibi inimicus est,

    id. Fin. 5, 10, 28:

    qui ipsi sibi bellum indixissent,

    id. ib. 5, 10, 29:

    quoniam se ipsi omnes natura diligant,

    id. ib. 3, 18, 59:

    nam si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,

    id. de Or. 2, 2, 8.—
    b.
    With object:

    neque vero ipsam amicitiam tueri (possumus), nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67:

    omne animal se ipsum diligit,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 24:

    fac ut diligentissime te ipsum custodias,

    id. Fam. 9, 14, 8:

    Pompeianus miles fratrem suum, dein se ipsum interfecit,

    Tac. H. 3, 51:

    Lentulum, quem mihi ipsi antepono,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 5.—
    2.
    Ipse defines the subject of a reflexive pronoun:

    natura movet infantem, sed tantum ut se ipse diligat (where ipse shows that se refers to infantem),

    Cic. Fin. 2, 10, 33: proinde consulant sibi ipsi;

    jubeant abire se,

    Just. 16, 4, 15:

    neque prius vim adhibendam putaverunt, quam se ipse indicasset,

    Nep. Paus. 4:

    in portis murisque sibimet ipsos tecta coëgerat aedificare,

    Liv. 27, 3, 2 (cf. 1. a. supra).—
    3.
    Ipse stands for the reflexive pronoun,
    a.
    Where the person or thing referred to is to be emphatically distinguished from others (class.):

    cum omnes se expetendos putent, nec id ob aliam rem, sed propter ipsos, necesse est ejus etiam partes propter se expeti, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46:

    quis umquam consul senatum ipsius decretis parere prohibuit?

    id. Sest. 14, 32:

    quos, quidquid ipsis expediat, facturos arbitrabimur,

    id. Fin. 2, 35, 117:

    qui negant se recusare, quo minus, ipsis mortuis, terrarum deflagratio consequatur,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 64:

    nec quid ipsius natura sit intellegit,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 24.—
    b.
    In a subordinate clause, to point out either the subject of the principal clause, or the chief agent or speaker;

    esp. where se or sibi is already applied to the subject of the subordinate clause: ne ob eam rem aut suae magnopere virtuti tribueret aut ipsos despiceret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13, 5:

    legatos ad consulem mittit, qui tantum modo ipsi liberisque vitam peterent,

    Sall. J. 16, 2; cf.:

    ipsis mortuis,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64:

    supra nihil, quantum in ipso est, praetermittere quo minus, etc.,

    id. Leg. 1, 21, 56:

    ipsius,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 55:

    nihil umquam audivi... nihil de re publica gravius, nihil de ipso modestius, i. e. de ipso dicente,

    id. Balb. 1, 2: id quod ipsum adjuvat (i. e. dicentem;

    opp. id quod adversario prodest),

    id. Inv. 1, 21, 30.—
    c.
    In gen., for an emphatic se or sibi (mostly post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 3, 12, 40):

    nam ipsis certum esse, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 46, 13:

    pravitas consulum discordiaque inter ipsos,

    id. 4, 26, 6:

    inexperta remedia haud injuria ipsis esse suspecta,

    Curt. 3, 5, 15:

    Graecis nuntiare jubet, ipsum quidem gratias agere, etc.,

    id. 3, 8, 7:

    dixit, ab illo deo ipsos genus ducere,

    id. 4, 2, 3:

    a quibus nec acceperunt injuriam nec accepisse ipsos existimant, Sen. de Ira, 2, 5, 1: intemperantiam in morbo suam experti parere ipsis vetant,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 5:

    sciunt ipsos omnia habere communia,

    id. Ep. 6, 3; 22, 10 et saep.; cf.:

    verum est etiam iis, qui aliquando futuri sint, esse propter ipsos consulendum,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 64.—
    4.
    Ipse stands in free constr. with abl. absol. as with finite verb (cf. also quisque;

    only freq. in Liv. and post-Aug. writers): cum dies venit, causa ipse pro se dicta, quindecim milibus aeris damnatur,

    Liv. 4, 44, 10 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    Romani imperatores, junctis et ipsi exercitibus... ad sedem hostium pervenere,

    id. 29, 2, 2:

    C. Popilius, dimissis et ipse Atticis navibus... pergit,

    id. 45, 10, 2; cf.:

    Catilina et Autronius parabant consules interficere, ipsi fascibus conreptis Pisonem cum exercitu mittere,

    Sall. C. 18, 5:

    amisso et ipse Pacoro,

    Tac. G. 37; cf. also the emphatic use of ipse (like quisque) with abl. of gerund (freq. in Liv.):

    adsentando indignandoque et ipse,

    Liv. 40, 23, 1:

    cogendo ipse,

    id. 39, 49, 3:

    agendo ipse,

    id. 41, 24, 2:

    aestimando ipse secum,

    id. 25, 23, 11 et saep.
    ► Ipse is very rarely strengthened by the suffix -met:

    ipsemet abiit,

    Plaut.
    Am. prol. 102:

    ipsimet nobis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 3:

    ipsemet profugiam,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 21; also Front. Aq. 74 ex conj.— Sup.: Com. Ergo ipsusne es? Charm. Ipsissumus, his own very self, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 146; cf. Gr. autotatos, Aristoph. Plut. 83; so,

    ipsimus and ipsima, for dominus and domina (cf II. A. supra),

    Petr. 75, 11; and:

    ipsimi nostri,

    id. 63, 3 Büch. ex conj.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ipsus

  • 19 adversa

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    ► a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adversa

  • 20 adverto

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    ► a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adverto

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Relation — Re*la tion (r? l? sh?n), n. [F. relation, L. relatio. See {Relate}.] 1. The act of relating or telling; also, that which is related; recital; account; narration; narrative; as, the relation of historical events. [1913 Webster] ??????oet s… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • master — A principal who employs another to perform service in his affairs and who controls or has right to control physical conduct of other in performance of the service. Restatement, Second, Agency, No. 2. One who stands to another in such a relation… …   Black's law dictionary

  • master — A principal who employs another to perform service in his affairs and who controls or has right to control physical conduct of other in performance of the service. Restatement, Second, Agency, No. 2. One who stands to another in such a relation… …   Black's law dictionary

  • Master-slave dialectic — This article is about Hegel s master slave dialectic. For the general terms, see Master (disambiguation) and Slave. For computer controllers, see Master slave (technology) …   Wikipedia

  • The Seal of Confession —     The Law of the Seal of Confession     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession     In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Pope —     The Pope     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Pope     (Ecclesiastical Latin papa from Greek papas, a variant of pappas father, in classical Latin pappas Juvenal, Satires 6:633).     The title pope, once used with far greater latitude (see below …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen timeline — The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen is an ongoing graphic novel series written by Alan Moore and illustrated by Kevin O Neill. The primary commentator on the League of Extraordinary Gentlemen series (hereto after in this article referred to as… …   Wikipedia

  • Master Tara Singh — Malhotra (24 June, 1885, Rawalpindi, Punjab 22 November, 1967, Chandigarh) was a prominent Sikh political and religious leader in the first half of the 20th century. He was instrumental in organizing the Shiromani Gurdwara Prabhandak Committee,… …   Wikipedia

  • The Seven Liberal Arts —     The Seven Liberal Arts     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Seven Liberal Arts     The expression artes liberales, chiefly used during the Middle Ages, does not mean arts as we understand the word at this present day, but those branches of… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Master-slave (technology) — Master/slave is a model of communication where one device or process has unidirectional control over one or more other devices. Once a master/slave relationship between devices or processes is established, the direction of control is always from… …   Wikipedia

  • The Antichrist (book) — The Antichrist   Cover of the 2005 Cosimo edition …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»